1 #LyX 1.6.0alpha1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
35 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
38 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
39 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
42 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
43 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
45 % redefine the greyed out note
46 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
47 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
49 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \font_typewriter default
55 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
106 \extra_embedded_files ""
120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
122 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
125 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
131 \begin_inset Newline newline
135 \begin_inset Newline newline
141 \begin_layout Standard
142 \begin_inset Note Note
145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
146 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
147 \begin_inset Newline newline
152 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
160 \begin_layout Standard
161 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
162 LatexCommand tableofcontents
169 \begin_layout Chapter
173 \begin_layout Section
177 \begin_layout Standard
178 LyX is a document preparation system.
179 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
180 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
181 It is unlike most other
182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
189 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
191 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
203 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
208 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
212 \begin_layout Standard
213 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
230 \begin_layout Standard
232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
244 the format of all of the manuals.
245 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
246 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
263 \begin_layout Section
267 \begin_layout Standard
268 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
270 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
271 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
273 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
292 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
295 \begin_layout Standard
296 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
297 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
298 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
300 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
301 only a vertical scrollbar.
302 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
303 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
304 This, however, is due
305 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
306 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
307 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
308 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
310 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
311 this doesn't work for equations yet.
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
323 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
328 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
329 ing sections of this documentation.
332 \begin_layout Section
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
342 of the manuals from inside LyX.
343 Just select the manual you want read from the
350 \begin_layout Section
352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
354 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
361 \begin_layout Standard
362 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
363 without resorting to configuration files.
364 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
365 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
366 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
381 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
382 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
383 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
384 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
386 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Reconfiguration of LyX
399 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
402 \begin_layout Section
404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
406 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
413 \begin_layout Standard
414 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
415 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
438 that will be created when using the menu
440 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
459 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
460 \begin_inset Note Note
463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
472 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
473 More on ERT is described in section
478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
484 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
491 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
505 Reconfiguration of LyX
513 \begin_layout Chapter
517 \begin_layout Section
518 Basic File Operations
522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
531 \begin_layout Standard
536 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
540 \begin_layout Itemize
546 \begin_layout Itemize
564 \begin_layout Itemize
570 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_layout Itemize
592 \begin_layout Itemize
606 \begin_layout Itemize
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Itemize
640 \begin_layout Standard
641 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
642 a few minor differences.
645 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
660 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
661 you for a template to use.
662 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
663 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
664 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
672 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
679 \begin_layout Standard
681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
704 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
705 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
708 \begin_layout Standard
729 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
734 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
759 will reload the document from disk.
760 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
761 and want to restore it to the last save.
770 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
771 can identify this as your changes.
774 \begin_layout Section
775 Basic Editing Features
779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
788 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
795 \begin_layout Standard
796 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
797 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
798 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
799 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
801 We'll start with cut and paste.
804 \begin_layout Standard
805 As you might expect, the
809 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
810 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
814 \begin_layout Itemize
820 \begin_layout Itemize
826 \begin_layout Itemize
832 \begin_layout Itemize
842 \begin_layout Itemize
852 \begin_layout Itemize
866 \begin_layout Standard
867 The first three are self-explanatory.
868 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
869 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
878 keys also functions as the
883 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
884 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
889 to get back the lost text.
892 \begin_layout Standard
896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
902 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
911 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
914 \begin_layout Standard
917 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
922 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
933 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
939 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
948 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
949 will start a new paragraph.
952 \begin_layout Standard
956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
974 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
998 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1003 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1006 \begin_inset Space ~
1015 \begin_inset Space ~
1020 button to skip the current word.
1024 \begin_inset Space ~
1029 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1033 \begin_inset Space ~
1038 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1040 If the toggle is set, searching for
1041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1052 will not match the word
1053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1067 Match whole words only
1069 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1097 \begin_layout Standard
1098 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1099 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1101 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1106 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1113 \begin_layout Section
1118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1137 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1144 \begin_layout Standard
1145 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1146 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1149 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1152 to undo some mistake.
1153 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1155 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1171 \begin_layout Standard
1172 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1173 it was last saved, the
1174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1181 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1182 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1185 \begin_layout Standard
1194 work on almost everything in LyX.
1195 They have some quirks, too.
1204 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1205 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1213 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1214 surely appreciate how it works.
1217 \begin_layout Section
1222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1231 \begin_layout Standard
1232 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1235 \begin_layout Enumerate
1240 \begin_layout Itemize
1245 once anywhere in the edit window.
1246 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1250 \begin_layout Enumerate
1255 \begin_layout Itemize
1261 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1264 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1267 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1270 \begin_layout Itemize
1271 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1280 \begin_layout Enumerate
1281 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1285 \begin_layout Standard
1290 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1291 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1292 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1296 \begin_layout Enumerate
1301 \begin_layout Standard
1306 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1311 \begin_layout Section
1313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1315 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1332 \begin_layout Standard
1333 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1334 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1336 LyX's default is CUA.
1339 \begin_layout Standard
1343 \begin_inset Space ~
1351 \begin_inset Space ~
1372 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1376 \begin_layout Labeling
1377 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1381 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1382 LatexCommand nomenclature
1384 description "Tabulator key"
1390 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1391 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1392 \begin_inset Space ~
1396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1398 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1405 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1409 , especially section
1410 \begin_inset Space ~
1414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1416 reference "sub:Lists"
1422 If you're still confused, look in the
1429 \begin_layout Labeling
1430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1434 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1435 LatexCommand nomenclature
1437 description "Escape key"
1444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1451 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1452 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1455 \begin_layout Labeling
1456 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1462 \begin_inset Space ~
1466 \begin_inset Space ~
1473 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1474 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1479 There are three modifier keys:
1482 \begin_layout Labeling
1483 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1501 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1502 LatexCommand nomenclature
1504 description "Control key"
1508 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1509 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1513 \begin_layout Itemize
1522 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1525 \begin_layout Itemize
1534 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1537 \begin_layout Itemize
1546 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1550 \begin_layout Labeling
1551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1569 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1570 LatexCommand nomenclature
1572 description "Shift key"
1576 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1577 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1580 \begin_layout Labeling
1581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1599 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1600 LatexCommand nomenclature
1602 description "Meta or Alt key"
1606 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1607 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1608 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1614 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1616 menu accelerator keys
1619 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1620 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1624 \begin_layout Standard
1625 For example, the sequence
1626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1632 \begin_inset Space ~
1636 \begin_inset Space ~
1642 \begin_inset Space ~
1650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1673 \begin_inset Space ~
1679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1689 \begin_layout Standard
1690 There are also other things bound to the
1694 key, but you'll have to check in the
1706 \begin_layout Standard
1707 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1708 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1709 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1710 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1711 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1712 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1713 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1729 followed by a capital
1735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1753 \begin_layout Chapter
1758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1767 \begin_layout Section
1772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_layout Subsection
1785 \begin_layout Standard
1786 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1787 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1788 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1789 numbering schemes, and so on.
1790 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1791 and format the title of your document differently.
1794 \begin_layout Standard
1799 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1800 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1801 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1802 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1803 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1806 \begin_layout Standard
1807 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1808 how to adjust their properties.
1811 \begin_layout Subsection
1816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1825 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1836 \begin_layout Standard
1837 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1841 \begin_layout Description
1842 Article for basic articles
1845 \begin_layout Description
1846 Report for basic reports
1849 \begin_layout Description
1850 Book for writing a book
1853 \begin_layout Description
1854 Letter for US-style letters
1857 \begin_layout Standard
1858 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1860 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1861 can be found in chapter
1863 Special Document Classes
1872 \begin_layout Description
1873 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1876 \begin_layout Description
1883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1892 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1896 \begin_layout Description
1897 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1898 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1899 There are three article layouts available.
1900 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1901 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1902 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1903 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1908 sequential numbering
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1912 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1913 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1914 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1915 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1918 \begin_layout Description
1919 Beamer Layout for presentations
1922 \begin_layout Description
1923 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1924 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1928 \begin_layout Description
1930 \begin_inset Space ~
1933 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1936 \begin_layout Description
1937 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1940 \begin_layout Description
1943 Die TeXnische Komödie
1945 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1948 \begin_layout Description
1949 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1952 \begin_layout Description
1953 Foils Used to make transparencies
1956 \begin_layout Description
1957 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1960 \begin_layout Description
1961 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1962 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1966 \begin_layout Description
1967 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1968 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1971 \begin_layout Description
1972 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1975 \begin_layout Description
1976 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1979 \begin_layout Description
1980 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1981 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1984 \begin_layout Description
1985 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1988 \begin_layout Description
1993 LaTeX document class
1996 \begin_layout Description
1997 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2000 \begin_layout Description
2005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2012 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2013 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2015 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2018 \begin_layout Description
2019 Slides Used to make transparencies
2022 \begin_layout Description
2024 \begin_inset Space ~
2027 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2028 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2031 \begin_layout Description
2032 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2035 \begin_layout Description
2040 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2043 \begin_layout Standard
2044 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2046 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2051 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2052 of the document classes.
2055 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2059 \begin_layout Standard
2060 You can select a class using the
2062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2076 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2080 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2084 \begin_layout Standard
2085 Each class has a default set of options.
2086 Here's a quick table describing them:
2089 \begin_layout Standard
2090 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2096 \begin_layout Standard
2098 \begin_inset Tabular
2099 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2559 \begin_layout Standard
2560 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2566 \begin_layout Standard
2567 You're probably also wondering what
2568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2572 \begin_inset Space ~
2576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2580 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2581 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2586 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2591 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2601 headings, there are also
2609 headings, and so on.
2610 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2611 \begin_inset Space ~
2615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2617 reference "sub:Headings"
2624 \begin_layout Subsection
2629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2638 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2657 \begin_layout Standard
2658 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2671 \begin_inset Space ~
2676 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2678 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2679 to use for your document.
2680 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2684 \begin_layout Standard
2688 \begin_inset Space ~
2697 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2698 You can choose between the following five options:
2701 \begin_layout Labeling
2702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2707 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2710 \begin_layout Labeling
2711 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2716 No page numbers or headings.
2719 \begin_layout Labeling
2720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2728 \begin_layout Labeling
2729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2734 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2735 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2736 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2739 \begin_layout Labeling
2740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2745 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2753 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2761 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2762 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2764 Check the documentation for the
2768 package for more details,
2769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2778 \begin_layout Standard
2783 of paragraphs is described in section
2784 \begin_inset Space ~
2788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2790 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2797 \begin_layout Subsection
2798 Paper Size and Orientation
2802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2803 Document ! Paper size
2809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2811 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2818 \begin_layout Standard
2819 You'll find the following options in the menu
2822 \begin_inset Space ~
2827 of the dialog of the
2829 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 \begin_layout Labeling
2848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2853 What size paper to print on.
2857 \begin_layout Itemize
2863 \begin_layout Itemize
2873 \begin_layout Itemize
2879 \begin_layout Itemize
2885 \begin_layout Itemize
2891 \begin_layout Itemize
2897 \begin_layout Itemize
2903 \begin_layout Labeling
2904 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2909 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2920 \begin_layout Labeling
2921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2925 \begin_inset Space ~
2930 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2931 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2934 \begin_layout Subsection
2939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2965 \begin_layout Standard
2966 Paper margins are set in the menu
2968 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2986 \begin_layout Standard
2987 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2988 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2989 the paper format and the font size into account.
2992 \begin_layout Subsection
2996 \begin_layout Standard
2997 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3002 That includes the paragraph environments.
3003 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3004 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3005 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3006 paragraph environments to
3010 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3011 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3012 the conversion and why it failed.
3015 \begin_layout Section
3016 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3021 Paragraph ! Indentation
3029 \begin_layout Subsection
3031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3033 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3040 \begin_layout Standard
3041 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3042 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3045 \begin_layout Standard
3046 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3047 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3048 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3049 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3053 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3059 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3060 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3061 language than English.
3062 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3065 \begin_layout Standard
3066 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3067 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3069 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3070 LyX takes care of that.
3071 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3073 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3074 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3075 of a page, and so on.
3079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3085 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3086 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3090 of these pre-coded spacings.
3091 We'll explain more later.
3094 \begin_layout Subsection
3095 Paragraph Separation
3099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3100 Paragraph ! Separation
3108 \begin_layout Standard
3109 To separate paragraphs, select
3120 \begin_inset Space ~
3127 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3140 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3141 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3142 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3155 \begin_layout Standard
3156 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3157 \begin_inset Space ~
3161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3163 reference "cap:Units"
3168 The default length is 30
3169 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
3175 \begin_layout Subsection
3179 \begin_layout Standard
3180 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3183 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3185 \begin_inset Space ~
3190 dialog and toggle the
3193 \begin_inset Space ~
3198 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3199 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3200 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3204 \begin_layout Standard
3205 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3206 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3209 \begin_layout Subsection
3214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3215 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3223 \begin_layout Standard
3226 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3242 \begin_inset Space ~
3251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3252 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3266 installed to use this feature.
3274 \begin_layout Section
3275 Paragraph Environments
3279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 Paragraph ! Environments
3286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3288 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3297 Paragraph environments|(
3305 \begin_layout Subsection
3309 \begin_layout Standard
3310 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3313 \begin_layout Standard
3332 \begin_inset Newline newline
3335 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3336 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3337 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3346 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3349 \begin_layout Standard
3350 A paragraph environment is simply a
3351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3358 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3359 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3360 scheme, labels, and so on.
3361 Additionally, you can
3362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3369 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3370 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3371 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3372 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3373 days of typewriters.
3374 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3376 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3379 \begin_layout Standard
3380 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3382 LyX will change the environment of the
3386 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3387 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3388 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3392 \begin_layout Standard
3401 create a new paragraph using the
3405 paragraph environment.
3407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3414 because if you are in one of these environments:
3417 \begin_layout Itemize
3423 \begin_layout Itemize
3429 \begin_layout Itemize
3435 \begin_layout Itemize
3441 \begin_layout Itemize
3447 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3459 \begin_layout Standard
3460 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3464 , rather than resetting it to
3469 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3470 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3471 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3472 \begin_inset Space ~
3476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3478 reference "sec:Nesting"
3483 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3488 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3489 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3497 \begin_layout Subsection
3501 \begin_layout Standard
3502 The default paragraph environment is
3507 It creates a plain paragraph.
3508 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3509 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3510 this manual) are in the
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3518 You can nest a paragraph using the
3522 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3530 \begin_layout Subsection
3535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3544 \begin_layout Standard
3545 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3554 for thanks or contact information.
3555 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3556 page along with today's date.
3557 For other types of documents, the title
3558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3565 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3569 \begin_layout Standard
3570 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3584 Here's how you use them:
3587 \begin_layout Itemize
3588 Put the title of your document in the
3595 \begin_layout Itemize
3596 Put the author name in the
3603 \begin_layout Itemize
3604 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3605 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3611 Note that using this environment is optional.
3612 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3613 If you don't want any date, add the line
3614 \begin_inset Newline newline
3624 \begin_inset Newline newline
3627 to the preamble of your document (menu
3629 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3635 \begin_layout Standard
3636 You can use footnotes to insert
3637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3644 or contact informations.
3647 \begin_layout Subsection
3652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3668 \begin_layout Standard
3669 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3670 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3673 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3679 Section headings ! Numbered
3687 \begin_layout Standard
3688 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3692 \begin_layout Enumerate
3698 \begin_layout Enumerate
3704 \begin_layout Enumerate
3710 \begin_layout Enumerate
3716 \begin_layout Enumerate
3722 \begin_layout Enumerate
3728 \begin_layout Enumerate
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3735 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3736 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3737 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3740 \begin_layout Standard
3741 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3742 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3743 You group the book into chapters.
3744 LyX does similar grouping:
3747 \begin_layout Itemize
3752 is divided in either
3761 \begin_layout Itemize
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3809 \begin_layout Itemize
3821 \begin_layout Standard
3822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3830 Not all document types use the
3834 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3839 is the top-level heading.
3847 \begin_layout Standard
3852 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3853 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3855 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3867 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3881 \begin_layout Standard
3882 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3886 \begin_layout Enumerate
3892 \begin_layout Enumerate
3898 \begin_layout Enumerate
3904 \begin_layout Enumerate
3910 \begin_layout Enumerate
3916 \begin_layout Standard
3918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3925 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3926 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3927 table of contents, see section
3928 \begin_inset Space ~
3932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3941 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3942 Changing the Numbering
3943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3945 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3952 \begin_layout Standard
3953 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3954 in the Table of Contents.
3955 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3957 Certain classes start with
3971 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3981 This is something you can change.
3984 \begin_layout Standard
3987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4007 \begin_inset Space ~
4011 \begin_inset Space ~
4016 you'll see two counters.
4021 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4023 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4027 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4028 Short Titles of Headings
4032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4033 Section headings ! Short titles
4042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4051 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4058 \begin_layout Standard
4059 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4060 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4061 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4062 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4065 \begin_layout Standard
4066 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4067 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4068 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4069 To specify a short title, use the menu
4071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4073 \begin_inset Space ~
4079 This will insert a box labeled
4080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4095 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4096 This also works for captions inside floats.
4099 \begin_layout Standard
4100 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4103 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4107 \begin_layout Standard
4108 The following information applies to all section headings:
4111 \begin_layout Itemize
4112 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4115 \begin_layout Itemize
4116 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4119 \begin_layout Itemize
4120 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4123 \begin_layout Itemize
4124 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4127 \begin_layout Subsection
4128 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4131 \begin_layout Standard
4132 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4146 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4147 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4148 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4149 the text they contain.
4150 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4158 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4161 \begin_layout Standard
4162 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4171 when you start a new paragraph.
4172 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4176 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4177 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4178 to change back to the
4182 environment yourself.
4185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4214 \begin_layout Standard
4215 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4216 time for the differences.
4225 are identical except for one difference:
4229 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4238 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4241 \begin_layout Standard
4242 Here's an example of the
4255 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4257 See -- no indentation!
4261 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4262 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4263 the other paragraph.
4266 \begin_layout Standard
4267 Here's another example, this time in the
4274 \begin_layout Quotation
4280 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4281 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4282 the first line, then
4286 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4290 you were quoting other text.
4293 \begin_layout Quotation
4294 Here's a new paragraph.
4295 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4296 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4299 \begin_layout Standard
4300 As the examples show,
4304 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4305 They should put quotes in the
4310 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4314 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4317 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4354 \begin_layout Standard
4359 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4365 \begin_inset Newline newline
4368 Which I did not rehearse!
4372 It could be much worse.
4373 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4375 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4376 indented a bit more than the first.
4377 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4383 \begin_inset Newline newline
4386 And make things look fine
4387 \begin_inset Newline newline
4397 \begin_layout Standard
4402 does not indent both margins.
4403 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4404 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4415 \begin_layout Subsection
4420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4436 \begin_layout Standard
4437 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4447 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4456 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4457 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4458 some general features of all four of them.
4461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4465 \begin_layout Standard
4466 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4468 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4477 reset the environment to
4481 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4482 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4483 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4488 to break paragraphs.
4491 \begin_layout Standard
4492 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4493 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4495 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4496 you read all of section
4497 \begin_inset Space ~
4501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4503 reference "sec:Nesting"
4511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4536 \begin_layout Standard
4537 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4541 paragraph environment.
4542 It has the following properties:
4545 \begin_layout Itemize
4546 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4550 \begin_layout Itemize
4551 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4554 \begin_layout Itemize
4555 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4559 \begin_layout Itemize
4560 The items can have any length.
4561 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4562 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4569 \begin_layout Itemize
4574 environment inside another
4578 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4582 \begin_layout Itemize
4583 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4587 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4590 \begin_layout Itemize
4592 \begin_inset Space ~
4596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4598 reference "sec:Nesting"
4602 for a full explanation of nesting.
4606 \begin_layout Standard
4607 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4616 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4619 \begin_layout Standard
4620 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4621 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4622 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4625 \begin_layout Itemize
4626 The label for the first level
4630 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4634 \begin_layout Itemize
4635 The label for the second level is a dash.
4639 \begin_layout Itemize
4640 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4644 \begin_layout Itemize
4645 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4649 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 Back out to the third level.
4654 \begin_layout Itemize
4655 Back to the second level.
4659 \begin_layout Itemize
4660 Back to the outermost level.
4663 \begin_layout Standard
4664 These are the default labels for an
4669 You can customize these labels in the
4671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4674 dialog in the submenu
4684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4693 \begin_layout Standard
4694 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4695 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4697 \begin_inset Space ~
4701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4703 reference "sec:Nesting"
4710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4728 name "sec:Enumerate"
4735 \begin_layout Standard
4740 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4741 It has these properties:
4744 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4749 \begin_layout Enumerate
4750 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4754 \begin_layout Enumerate
4755 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4758 \begin_layout Enumerate
4763 environment resets the counter to one.
4766 \begin_layout Enumerate
4779 \begin_layout Enumerate
4780 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4781 Items can have any length.
4784 \begin_layout Enumerate
4785 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4788 \begin_layout Enumerate
4789 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4792 \begin_layout Enumerate
4793 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4797 \begin_layout Standard
4806 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4807 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4814 \begin_layout Enumerate
4815 The first level of an
4819 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4823 \begin_layout Enumerate
4824 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4828 \begin_layout Enumerate
4829 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4833 \begin_layout Enumerate
4834 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4837 \begin_layout Enumerate
4838 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4843 \begin_layout Enumerate
4844 Back to the third level
4848 \begin_layout Enumerate
4849 Back to the second level.
4853 \begin_layout Enumerate
4854 Back to the outermost level.
4857 \begin_layout Standard
4858 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4863 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4868 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4872 \begin_layout Standard
4873 There is more to nesting
4877 environments than we've stated here.
4878 You should read section
4879 \begin_inset Space ~
4883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4885 reference "sec:Nesting"
4889 to learn more about nesting.
4892 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4910 name "sec:Description-List"
4917 \begin_layout Standard
4918 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4922 list has no fixed label.
4923 Instead, LyX uses the first
4924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4931 of the first line as the label.
4935 \begin_layout Description
4936 Example: This is an example of the
4943 \begin_layout Standard
4944 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4957 it is meant that the first hit of the
4961 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4963 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4977 \begin_inset Space ~
4983 \begin_inset Space ~
4987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4989 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4993 for more info.) Here is an example:
4996 \begin_layout Description
4998 \begin_inset Space ~
5001 Example: This one shows how to use a
5004 \begin_inset Space ~
5016 \begin_layout Description
5017 Usage: You should use the
5021 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5022 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5024 It's not a good idea to use a
5028 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5029 You're better off using
5041 paragraphs into them.
5044 \begin_layout Description
5045 Nesting: You can nest
5049 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5053 \begin_layout Standard
5054 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5055 them from the first line.
5058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5083 \begin_layout Standard
5088 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5101 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5102 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5105 \begin_layout Labeling
5106 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5108 \begin_inset Space ~
5111 labels LyX uses the first
5112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5119 of each line as the item label.
5124 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5125 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5126 blank as described above.
5129 \begin_layout Labeling
5130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5131 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5132 the body of the item text.
5133 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5134 label width plus a little extra space.
5138 \begin_layout Labeling
5139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5141 \begin_inset Space ~
5144 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5146 If the label width is larger, the label
5147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5154 into the first line.
5155 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5156 margin of the rest of the item text.
5159 \begin_layout Labeling
5160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5162 \begin_inset Space ~
5165 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5170 environment have the same left margin.
5171 \begin_inset Newline newline
5174 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5177 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5179 \begin_inset Space ~
5188 \begin_inset Space ~
5193 determines the default label width.
5194 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5203 multiple times instead.
5204 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5213 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5216 \begin_inset Space ~
5221 every time you alter a label in a
5226 \begin_inset Newline newline
5229 The predefined default width is the length of
5230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5239 \begin_inset Newline newline
5243 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5251 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5252 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5260 \begin_layout Standard
5265 environment the same way like the
5269 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5275 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5279 \begin_layout Standard
5284 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5286 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5288 \begin_inset Space ~
5292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5294 reference "sec:Nesting"
5298 to learn about nesting.
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 There is yet another feature of the
5306 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5308 You can use additional
5312 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5318 \begin_inset Space ~
5322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5324 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5329 Here are some examples:
5332 \begin_layout Labeling
5333 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5334 Left The default for
5341 \begin_layout Labeling
5342 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5343 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5350 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5353 \begin_layout Labeling
5354 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5355 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5359 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5366 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5369 \begin_layout Subsection
5374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5383 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5391 \begin_inset Space ~
5399 \begin_layout Standard
5400 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5408 \begin_inset Space ~
5414 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5415 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5416 In contrast, you can use the
5423 \begin_inset Space ~
5428 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5429 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5433 \begin_layout Standard
5434 Of course, you're not limited to using
5441 \begin_inset Space ~
5450 \begin_inset Space ~
5455 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5456 some European academic papers.
5459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5463 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5470 \begin_layout Standard
5475 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5476 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5480 \begin_inset Space ~
5485 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5486 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5487 Here's an example of each:
5490 \begin_layout Right Address
5492 \begin_inset Newline newline
5496 \begin_inset Newline newline
5500 \begin_inset Newline newline
5503 When is it? What is today?
5506 \begin_layout Standard
5510 \begin_inset Space ~
5516 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5517 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5518 Here's an example of the
5525 \begin_layout Address
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 Where do I send this
5531 \begin_inset Newline newline
5534 Your post office and country
5537 \begin_layout Standard
5538 As you can see, both
5545 \begin_inset Space ~
5550 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5555 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5561 This makes sense, since
5569 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5570 Thus, you have to use
5581 \begin_inset Space ~
5584 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5586 \begin_inset Space ~
5595 menu) to start a new line in an
5602 \begin_inset Space ~
5610 \begin_layout Subsection
5614 \begin_layout Standard
5615 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5616 or list of references.
5617 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5620 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5636 \begin_layout Standard
5641 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5642 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5643 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5644 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5648 in anything else or vice versa.
5654 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5655 The book document classes ignores the
5659 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5663 in a letter document class.
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5671 environment does several things for you.
5672 First, it puts the centered label
5673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5681 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5683 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5684 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5685 the subsequent text.
5686 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5687 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5690 \begin_layout Standard
5691 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5695 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5696 The new paragraph will still be in the
5701 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5702 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5705 \begin_layout Standard
5706 \begin_inset Float figure
5711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5713 \begin_inset Graphics
5714 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5724 \begin_inset Caption
5726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5729 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5750 \begin_layout Standard
5751 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5755 environment, but since this document is in the
5756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5763 class, we can't do this.
5764 We inserted it therefore as figure
5765 \begin_inset Space ~
5769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5771 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5776 If you've never heard of an
5777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5784 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5805 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5812 \begin_layout Standard
5817 environment is used to list references.
5818 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5819 only use it at the end of the document.
5824 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5827 \begin_layout Standard
5828 When you first open a
5832 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5848 depending on the document class.
5849 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5850 Each paragraph of the
5854 environment is a bibliography entry.
5859 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5860 Each new paragraph is still in the
5867 \begin_layout Standard
5868 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5870 \begin_inset Space ~
5874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5876 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5883 \begin_layout Subsection
5890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5891 Paragraph ! LyX code
5897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5906 \begin_layout Standard
5911 environment is another LyX extension.
5912 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5917 key as a fixed whitespace;
5921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5933 \begin_inset Space ~
5938 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5943 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5944 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5962 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5963 So, when you finish using the
5967 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5968 Also, you can nest the
5972 environment inside of others.
5975 \begin_layout Standard
5976 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5979 \begin_layout Itemize
5984 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5996 \begin_layout Itemize
6009 \begin_layout Itemize
6014 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6021 \begin_layout Itemize
6030 \begin_layout Itemize
6031 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6032 You must put at least one
6036 in any line you want blank.
6037 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6040 \begin_layout Itemize
6041 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6045 since that will insert
6050 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6058 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6061 \begin_layout Standard
6065 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6069 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6073 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6077 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6081 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6082 printf("Hello World!
6087 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6091 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6096 This is just the standard
6097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6108 \begin_layout Standard
6113 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6114 rc-files, and so on.
6115 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6116 as if you used a typewriter.
6120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6121 Paragraph environments|)
6129 \begin_layout Section
6130 Nesting Environments
6134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6135 Nesting ! Environments
6141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6150 \begin_layout Subsection
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6155 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6157 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6159 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6161 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6173 \begin_layout Enumerate
6177 \begin_layout Enumerate
6182 \begin_layout Enumerate
6186 \begin_layout Enumerate
6191 \begin_layout Enumerate
6195 \begin_layout Standard
6196 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6197 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6200 \begin_inset Space ~
6204 \begin_inset Space ~
6212 \begin_inset Space ~
6216 \begin_inset Space ~
6225 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6226 will tell you how far you are nested).
6227 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6228 \begin_inset Graphics
6229 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6235 \begin_inset Graphics
6236 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6241 or the convenient key bindings
6249 to change the nesting level.
6250 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6251 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6255 \begin_layout Standard
6256 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6257 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6258 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6259 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6262 \begin_layout Standard
6263 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6264 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6266 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6269 \begin_layout Subsection
6270 What You Can and Can't Nest
6273 \begin_layout Standard
6274 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6275 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6279 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6280 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6281 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6284 \begin_layout Itemize
6285 Completely unnestable
6288 \begin_layout Itemize
6289 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6290 other things inside of them.
6293 \begin_layout Itemize
6294 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6298 \begin_layout Standard
6299 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6300 environments have them:
6303 \begin_layout Description
6304 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6305 Can't nest into them.
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6315 \begin_layout Itemize
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6329 \begin_layout Itemize
6335 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 \begin_layout Itemize
6349 \begin_layout Itemize
6355 \begin_layout Itemize
6361 \begin_layout Itemize
6367 \begin_layout Itemize
6373 \begin_layout Itemize
6379 \begin_layout Itemize
6385 \begin_layout Itemize
6391 \begin_layout Itemize
6397 \begin_layout Itemize
6403 \begin_layout Itemize
6409 \begin_layout Itemize
6416 \begin_layout Description
6418 \begin_inset Space ~
6421 Nestable You can nest them.
6422 You can nest other things into them.
6426 \begin_layout Itemize
6432 \begin_layout Itemize
6438 \begin_layout Itemize
6444 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6456 \begin_layout Itemize
6462 \begin_layout Itemize
6468 \begin_layout Itemize
6475 \begin_layout Description
6476 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6477 You can't nest anything into them.
6481 \begin_layout Itemize
6487 \begin_layout Itemize
6491 \begin_inset Space ~
6497 \begin_layout Itemize
6504 \begin_layout Standard
6509 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6513 \begin_inset Space ~
6521 \begin_inset Space ~
6529 \begin_layout Subsection
6530 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6535 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6543 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6550 \begin_layout Standard
6551 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6552 affected by nesting anyhow.
6556 \begin_layout Itemize
6560 \begin_layout Itemize
6564 \begin_layout Itemize
6568 \begin_layout Standard
6570 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6578 If you put a figure or a table in a
6582 , this is no longer true.
6587 Have a look at section
6588 \begin_inset Space ~
6592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6594 reference "sec:Floats"
6598 for more informations about
6605 \begin_layout Standard
6606 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6607 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6611 \begin_layout Standard
6612 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6620 of its own, it behaves just like a
6621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6628 paragraph environment.
6629 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6633 \begin_layout Standard
6634 Here's an example with a table:
6637 \begin_layout Enumerate
6642 \begin_layout Enumerate
6643 This is (a) and it's nested.
6647 \begin_layout Standard
6648 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6654 \begin_layout Standard
6656 \begin_inset Tabular
6657 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6659 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6660 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6744 \begin_layout Standard
6745 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6752 \begin_layout Enumerate
6754 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6758 \begin_layout Enumerate
6762 \begin_layout Standard
6763 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6766 \begin_layout Enumerate
6771 \begin_layout Enumerate
6772 This is (a) and it's nested.
6776 \begin_layout Standard
6777 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6783 \begin_layout Standard
6785 \begin_inset Tabular
6786 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6788 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6789 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6873 \begin_layout Standard
6874 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6880 \begin_layout Enumerate
6887 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6890 \begin_layout Enumerate
6894 \begin_layout Standard
6895 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6899 \begin_layout Standard
6900 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6902 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6905 \begin_layout Enumerate
6910 \begin_layout Enumerate
6911 This is (a) and it's nested.
6914 \begin_layout Standard
6915 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6921 \begin_layout Standard
6923 \begin_inset Tabular
6924 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6926 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7011 \begin_layout Standard
7012 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7018 \begin_layout Enumerate
7020 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7028 \begin_layout Enumerate
7032 \begin_layout Standard
7033 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7039 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7040 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7044 \begin_layout Subsection
7045 Usage and General Features
7046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7048 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7055 \begin_layout Standard
7056 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7065 is the innermost possible depth.
7066 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7069 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 level #1 - outermost
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7084 \begin_layout Enumerate
7089 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7103 \begin_layout Standard
7104 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7105 both of them in the example.
7106 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7116 For example, if we tried to nest another
7121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7131 \begin_layout Subsection
7136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7146 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7147 We have several examples of nested environments.
7148 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7153 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7156 \begin_layout Labeling
7157 \labelwidthstring MMM
7158 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7167 \begin_layout Labeling
7168 \labelwidthstring MMM
7169 #2-a This is level #2.
7170 We created it by using
7182 \begin_layout Labeling
7183 \labelwidthstring MMM
7184 #3-a This is level #3.
7185 This time, we just hit
7194 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7212 environment, nested inside of
7213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7221 So, it's at level #4.
7222 We did this by hitting
7230 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7235 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7251 \begin_layout Standard
7256 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7263 \begin_layout Labeling
7264 \labelwidthstring MMM
7265 #4-a This is level #4.
7270 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7275 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7279 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7284 keep nesting things inside of
7285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7296 \begin_layout Labeling
7297 \labelwidthstring MMM
7298 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7303 \begin_layout Labeling
7304 \labelwidthstring MMM
7305 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7306 and this is level #6.
7307 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7311 \begin_layout Labeling
7312 \labelwidthstring MMM
7313 #5-b Back to level #5.
7326 \begin_layout Labeling
7327 \labelwidthstring MMM
7336 , we're back at level #4.
7340 \begin_layout Labeling
7341 \labelwidthstring MMM
7342 #3-b Back to level #3.
7343 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7347 \begin_layout Labeling
7348 \labelwidthstring MMM
7349 #2-b Back to level #2.
7354 \begin_layout Labeling
7355 \labelwidthstring MMM
7356 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7357 After this sentence, we'll hit
7361 and change the paragraph environment back to
7368 \begin_layout Standard
7369 We could have also used the
7385 environment in place of the
7390 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7393 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7394 Example 2: Inheritance
7397 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7398 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7401 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7411 , after which, we'll change to the
7419 \begin_layout Enumerate
7424 environment, at level #2.
7427 \begin_layout Enumerate
7428 Notice how the nested
7432 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7436 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7440 \begin_layout Standard
7441 We ended this example by hitting
7446 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7450 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7457 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7458 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7471 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7479 \begin_layout Enumerate
7480 This is level #1, in an
7484 paragraph environment.
7485 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7489 \begin_layout Enumerate
7500 Now, what happens if we nest an
7504 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7505 label be? An asterisk?
7509 \begin_layout Itemize
7519 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7520 So, its label is a bullet.
7521 (We got here by using
7529 , then changing the environment to
7537 \begin_layout Itemize
7538 Here's level #4, produced using
7547 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7552 \begin_layout Enumerate
7553 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7555 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7560 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7564 , because we are in the
7588 \begin_layout Enumerate
7593 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7594 type of numbering does LyX use?
7597 \begin_layout Enumerate
7598 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7602 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7605 \begin_layout Enumerate
7610 to decrease the depth after the next
7618 \begin_layout Enumerate
7620 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7624 \begin_layout Enumerate
7626 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7627 numeral as the label.Why?
7630 \begin_layout Enumerate
7631 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7640 Notice, however, that LyX
7644 reset the counter for the label.
7648 \begin_layout Enumerate
7657 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7658 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7659 into the twofold-nested
7667 \begin_layout Enumerate
7668 The same thing happens if we do another
7676 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7679 \begin_layout Standard
7680 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7685 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7699 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7705 The same rule applies for the
7709 environment, as well.
7712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7713 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7716 \begin_layout Enumerate
7717 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7718 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7719 same detail with how we did it.
7728 \begin_layout Standard
7731 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7733 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7734 example in parentheses someplace.
7735 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7736 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7737 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7741 \begin_layout Enumerate
7746 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7751 Now we'll add verse.
7752 \begin_inset Newline newline
7755 It will get much worse.
7756 \begin_inset Newline newline
7761 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7767 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7768 \begin_inset Newline newline
7771 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7772 \begin_inset Newline newline
7785 \begin_layout Standard
7786 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7792 \begin_layout Standard
7794 \begin_inset Tabular
7795 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7798 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7886 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7890 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 : level #1) This is another item.
7902 Note that selecting a
7906 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7907 3 times to put the table inside the
7915 \begin_layout Quotation
7916 We're now ending the
7920 list and changing to
7925 We're still at level #1.
7926 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7927 The next set of paragraphs is a
7928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7942 \begin_inset Space ~
7947 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7951 for the letter body.
7956 to preserve the depth.
7957 Remember that you need to use
7961 to create multiple lines inside the
7968 \begin_inset Space ~
7978 \begin_layout Right Address
7980 \begin_inset Newline newline
7983 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7984 \begin_inset Newline newline
7990 \begin_layout Address
7992 \begin_inset Space ~
7998 \begin_layout Quotation
7999 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8000 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8003 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8004 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8005 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8006 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8007 as soon as possible.
8008 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8011 \begin_layout Quotation
8012 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8013 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8014 with your order, along with payment.
8017 \begin_layout Quotation
8018 We thank you again for your patience.
8021 \begin_layout Address
8023 \begin_inset Newline newline
8030 \begin_layout Quotation
8031 That ends that example!
8034 \begin_layout Standard
8035 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8036 just a few keystrokes.
8037 We could have easily nested an
8058 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8061 \begin_layout Section
8062 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8075 \begin_layout Standard
8076 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8077 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8078 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8079 be broken at the end of a line.
8080 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8084 \begin_layout Subsection
8086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8088 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8105 \begin_layout Standard
8106 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8108 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8112 Further documentation is given in section
8113 \begin_inset Newline newline
8117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8119 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8127 \begin_layout Standard
8128 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8143 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8152 A protected space is set with
8154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8155 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8159 \begin_inset Space ~
8173 \begin_layout Subsection
8175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8177 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8186 Spacing ! Horizontal
8194 \begin_layout Standard
8195 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8198 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8202 The length units are listed in Appendix
8203 \begin_inset Space ~
8207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8209 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8216 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8220 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8237 \begin_layout Standard
8239 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8243 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8246 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8247 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8248 \begin_inset Space ~
8252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8254 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8259 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8260 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8267 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8271 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8288 \begin_layout Standard
8290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8297 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8306 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8307 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8308 inside abbreviations:
8313 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8317 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8318 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8322 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8328 \begin_layout Standard
8329 or between values and units.
8330 Compare for example this:
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8335 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8339 \begin_inset Newline newline
8345 \begin_layout Standard
8346 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8349 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8351 \begin_inset Space ~
8363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8367 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8374 \begin_layout Standard
8375 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8378 \begin_layout Description
8380 \begin_inset Space ~
8384 \begin_inset Space ~
8388 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8392 \begin_inset Space \negthinspace{}
8396 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8399 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8402 \begin_layout Description
8404 \begin_inset Space ~
8408 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8412 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8416 \begin_inset Space \enskip{}
8420 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8424 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8427 em) space between the arrows.
8430 \begin_layout Description
8432 \begin_inset Space ~
8436 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8440 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8444 \begin_inset Space \quad{}
8448 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8452 \begin_inset Space ~
8456 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8459 em) space between the arrows.
8462 \begin_layout Description
8464 \begin_inset Space ~
8468 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8472 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8476 \begin_inset Space \qquad{}
8480 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8484 \begin_inset Space ~
8488 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8491 em) space between the arrows.
8494 \begin_layout Description
8496 \begin_inset Space ~
8500 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8504 \begin_inset Space \hspace{}
8509 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8513 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8516 cm space between the arrows.
8519 \begin_layout Standard
8521 \begin_inset Space ~
8525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8527 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8531 lists the different space sizes.
8534 \begin_layout Standard
8535 \begin_inset Float table
8540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8542 \begin_inset Caption
8544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8547 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8551 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8561 \begin_inset Tabular
8562 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8564 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8605 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8629 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8653 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8677 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8692 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8705 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8720 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8733 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8748 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8761 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8800 \begin_layout Standard
8801 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8802 in a uniform fashion.
8803 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8804 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8805 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8806 equally between themselves.
8810 \begin_layout Standard
8811 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8816 This is on the left side
8817 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8820 This is on the right
8826 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8830 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8839 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8843 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8847 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8853 \begin_layout Standard
8854 That was an example in the
8860 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8864 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8868 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8871 is one in a standard paragraph.
8872 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8876 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8879 \begin_layout Standard
8880 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8881 Here's an example with the
8888 \begin_layout Labeling
8889 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8891 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8895 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8899 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8903 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8909 \begin_layout Standard
8911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8918 marks the beginning of the item.
8919 (There is actually a
8920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8927 hfill inside of the label of the
8931 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8940 situations, like two-column mode.
8943 \begin_layout Standard
8944 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8952 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
8956 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
8957 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
8958 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
8962 option in the space dialog.
8970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8984 \begin_layout Standard
8985 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
8987 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
8990 \begin_layout Standard
8991 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8994 What is correct English?:
8995 \begin_inset Newline newline
8999 \begin_inset Newline newline
9003 \begin_inset Space ~
9006 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9007 \begin_inset Newline newline
9014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9025 \begin_inset Newline newline
9032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9043 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9049 \begin_layout Standard
9050 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9055 \begin_inset Space ~
9059 \begin_inset Space ~
9063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9067 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9074 In our case write the command
9081 (note the space after
9082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9089 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9090 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9091 That is why it is named
9092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9104 There exists also the commands
9116 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9117 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9118 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9120 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9132 \begin_layout Subsection
9134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9136 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9153 \begin_layout Standard
9154 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9157 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9159 \begin_inset Space ~
9165 There you find the following sizes:
9168 \begin_layout Standard
9181 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9186 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9188 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9201 for the paragraph separation.
9202 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9213 \begin_layout Standard
9222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9228 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9229 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9231 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9232 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9241 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9250 s are described in section
9251 \begin_inset Space ~
9255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9257 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9266 If there are several
9270 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9271 You can therefore use
9275 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9278 \begin_layout Standard
9283 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9284 \begin_inset Space ~
9288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9290 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9297 \begin_layout Standard
9298 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9308 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9309 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9321 \begin_layout Subsection
9325 \begin_layout Standard
9326 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9328 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9332 There are four possibilities:
9335 \begin_layout Itemize
9341 \begin_layout Itemize
9347 \begin_layout Itemize
9353 \begin_layout Itemize
9359 \begin_layout Standard
9360 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9361 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9362 the left and right margins.
9363 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9366 \begin_layout Standard
9368 This paragraph is right aligned,
9371 \begin_layout Standard
9373 this one is centered,
9376 \begin_layout Standard
9378 this one is left aligned.
9381 \begin_layout Subsection
9386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9395 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9402 \begin_layout Standard
9403 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9404 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9405 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9406 Only if you use many
9410 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9413 \begin_layout Standard
9414 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9415 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9419 have to change the pagebreaking.
9422 \begin_layout Standard
9423 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9425 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9428 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9430 \begin_inset Space ~
9436 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9439 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9441 \begin_inset Space ~
9446 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9448 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9449 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9452 \begin_layout Standard
9453 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9454 at the top of a page.
9455 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9456 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9457 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9458 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9462 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9473 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9477 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9494 \begin_layout Standard
9495 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9496 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9497 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9498 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9499 if necessary by adding pages.
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9503 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset Space ~
9514 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9516 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9517 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9519 \begin_inset Space ~
9523 \begin_inset Space ~
9528 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9529 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9532 \begin_layout Subsection
9537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9546 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9553 \begin_layout Standard
9554 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9556 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9558 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9559 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9561 \begin_inset Space ~
9565 \begin_inset Space ~
9575 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9578 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9580 \begin_inset Space ~
9584 \begin_inset Space ~
9589 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9591 This is necessary to avoid
9592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9599 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9602 \begin_layout Standard
9603 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9604 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9605 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9606 set a linebreak, e.g.
9607 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9608 \begin_inset Space ~
9612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9614 reference "sec:Quote"
9619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9621 reference "sec:Verse"
9626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9628 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9635 \begin_layout Subsection
9637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9639 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9656 \begin_layout Standard
9661 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9662 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9664 \begin_inset Space ~
9669 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9675 \begin_layout Section
9676 Fonts and Text Styles
9677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9679 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9686 \begin_layout Subsection
9691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9701 There are two types of fonts:
9704 \begin_layout Description
9706 \begin_inset Space ~
9713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9719 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9720 characters) in the font.
9721 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9722 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9723 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9724 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9725 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9726 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9727 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9728 provide a good image.
9729 \begin_inset Newline newline
9732 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9733 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9734 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9735 sizes than at small ones.
9736 \begin_inset Newline newline
9750 \begin_inset Space ~
9758 \begin_layout Description
9760 \begin_inset Space ~
9767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9773 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9774 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9775 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9776 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9777 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9778 picture manipulation program.
9779 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9780 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9781 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9782 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9783 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9785 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9786 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9787 \begin_inset Newline newline
9790 Bitmap fonts are named
9793 \begin_inset Space ~
9798 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9803 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9804 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9805 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9809 \begin_layout Standard
9810 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9811 its document properties.
9814 \begin_layout Standard
9815 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9816 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9817 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9818 font to emphasize text, you use an
9819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9827 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9828 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9832 \begin_layout Subsection
9833 Document Font and Font size
9834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9836 name "sub:Document-Font"
9844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9863 \begin_layout Standard
9864 You can set the document fonts in the
9866 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9880 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9881 font shapes roman (serif),
9884 \begin_inset Space ~
9896 \begin_layout Standard
9897 The possible options for the font include
9901 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9906 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9928 European Computer Modern
9931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9941 \begin_layout Standard
9950 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9951 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9956 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9959 \begin_inset Space ~
9964 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9970 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9971 There are three ways to use one:
9974 \begin_layout Itemize
9975 One way is to use the
9985 Virtual means that it
9986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9997 -glyphs from other fonts.
9998 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10020 Loading the LaTeX-package
10026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10027 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10034 with the document preamble line
10037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10042 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10046 will fix the guillemet problem.
10051 and that accented characters are not
10055 glyph, they are build of
10059 characters, the accent and the letter.
10060 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10064 fonts for words with accented characters.
10065 If you search for example for the French word
10066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10073 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10082 and not for the glyph
10083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10087 \begin_inset Space ~
10091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10097 \begin_layout Itemize
10098 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10111 , consists of these three main font types
10114 \begin_inset Space ~
10135 \begin_inset Space ~
10145 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
10149 \begin_inset Space ~
10156 as typewriter font.
10157 \begin_inset Newline newline
10160 The differences between roman,
10163 \begin_inset Space ~
10172 fonts are explained in section
10173 \begin_inset Space ~
10177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10179 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10184 \begin_inset Newline newline
10190 \begin_inset Space ~
10195 was originally designed for newspapers.
10196 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10197 into the small newspaper columns.
10201 \begin_inset Space ~
10206 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10209 \begin_layout Itemize
10210 The best solution is to use the
10215 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10222 \begin_layout Standard
10223 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10226 For the font size there are four possible values:
10243 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10246 \begin_layout Standard
10247 The font sizes are the
10252 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10253 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10254 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10257 \begin_inset Space ~
10263 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10264 \begin_inset Space ~
10268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10270 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10277 \begin_layout Standard
10278 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10282 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10290 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10294 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10295 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10296 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10298 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10301 dialog, see section
10302 \begin_inset Space ~
10306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10308 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10320 \begin_layout Subsection
10321 Using Different Character Styles
10325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10344 \begin_layout Standard
10345 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10346 certain paragraph environments.
10347 LyX supports two character styles,
10356 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10360 \begin_layout Standard
10365 style, do one of the following:
10368 \begin_layout Itemize
10369 click on the toolbar button
10370 \begin_inset Graphics
10371 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10379 \begin_layout Itemize
10383 \begin_inset Space ~
10389 \begin_layout Standard
10390 These commands are all toggles.
10395 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10398 \begin_layout Standard
10399 One typically uses the
10403 style for proper names.
10405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10412 is the original author of LyX.
10413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10419 \begin_layout Standard
10420 A more widely used character style is the
10425 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10432 \begin_layout Itemize
10433 clicking on the toolbar button
10434 \begin_inset Graphics
10435 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10443 \begin_layout Itemize
10444 using the keybindings
10447 \begin_inset Space ~
10453 \begin_layout Standard
10458 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10459 es use a different font.
10462 \begin_layout Standard
10463 We've been using the
10467 style all over the place in this document.
10468 Here's one more example:
10471 \begin_layout Quotation
10474 Don't overuse character styles!
10477 \begin_layout Standard
10478 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10479 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10480 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10481 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10485 \begin_layout Standard
10486 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10489 \begin_inset Space ~
10496 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10498 \begin_inset Space ~
10506 \begin_layout Subsection
10507 Fine-Tuning with the
10512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10514 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10531 \begin_layout Standard
10532 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10533 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10534 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10535 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10536 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10537 from ordinary dialog.
10540 \begin_layout Standard
10541 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10542 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10543 \begin_inset Newline newline
10546 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10547 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10550 \begin_layout Standard
10551 To use custom character styles, open the
10553 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10555 \begin_inset Space ~
10561 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10562 font property which you can choose.
10563 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10566 \begin_inset Space ~
10571 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10576 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10577 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10578 environments in a snap.
10581 \begin_layout Standard
10582 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10585 \begin_inset Space ~
10597 \begin_layout Labeling
10598 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10612 The possible options are:
10616 \begin_layout Labeling
10617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10622 This is the Roman font family.
10623 Normally a serif font.
10624 It's also the default family.
10629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10641 \begin_inset Space ~
10650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10658 \begin_inset Note Note
10661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10662 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10663 It is explained in section
10664 \begin_inset Space ~
10668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10670 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10682 \begin_layout Labeling
10683 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10687 \begin_inset Space ~
10694 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10713 \begin_inset Space ~
10722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10732 \begin_layout Labeling
10733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10740 This is the Typewriter font family.
10747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10759 \begin_inset Space ~
10768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10781 \begin_layout Labeling
10782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10787 This corresponds to the print weight.
10792 \begin_layout Labeling
10793 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10798 This is the Medium font series.
10799 It's also the default series.
10802 \begin_layout Labeling
10803 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10810 This is the Bold font series.
10817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10829 \begin_inset Space ~
10838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10849 \begin_layout Labeling
10850 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10855 As the name implies.
10860 \begin_layout Labeling
10861 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10866 This is the Upright font shape.
10867 It's also the default shape.
10870 \begin_layout Labeling
10871 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10885 s the Italic font shape
10891 \begin_layout Labeling
10892 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10899 This is the Slanted font shape
10901 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10904 \begin_layout Labeling
10905 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10909 \begin_inset Space ~
10916 This is the Small caps font shape
10923 \begin_layout Labeling
10924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10929 Alters the size of the font.
10930 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10931 nal to the document font size.
10932 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10933 what you want to do.
10938 \begin_layout Labeling
10939 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10973 \begin_inset Space ~
10982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11005 \begin_inset Space ~
11014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11024 \begin_layout Labeling
11025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11059 \begin_inset Space ~
11068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11078 \begin_layout Labeling
11079 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11113 \begin_inset Space ~
11122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11145 \begin_inset Space ~
11154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11164 \begin_layout Labeling
11165 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11199 \begin_inset Space ~
11208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11231 \begin_inset Space ~
11240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11250 \begin_layout Labeling
11251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11265 It's also the default size.
11270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11282 \begin_inset Space ~
11291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11314 \begin_inset Space ~
11323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11333 \begin_layout Labeling
11334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11368 \begin_inset Space ~
11377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11400 \begin_inset Space ~
11409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11419 \begin_layout Labeling
11420 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11454 \begin_inset Space ~
11463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11486 \begin_inset Space ~
11495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11505 \begin_layout Labeling
11506 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11540 \begin_inset Space ~
11549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11559 \begin_layout Labeling
11560 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11594 \begin_inset Space ~
11603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11626 \begin_inset Space ~
11635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11645 \begin_layout Labeling
11646 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11680 \begin_inset Space ~
11689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11712 \begin_inset Space ~
11721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11732 \begin_layout Standard
11737 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11738 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11739 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11740 - use that instead.
11741 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11744 \begin_layout Labeling
11745 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11750 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11755 \begin_layout Labeling
11756 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11763 This is text with emphasize on
11766 This might seem like the same as
11770 , but it is actually a bit different.
11776 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11778 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11781 \begin_layout Labeling
11782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11789 This is text with Underbar on.
11796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11808 \begin_inset Space ~
11817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11827 \begin_inset Newline newline
11832 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11833 when you couldn't change fonts.
11834 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11835 It's only included in LyX because some people
11839 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11842 \begin_layout Labeling
11843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11850 This is text with Noun on.
11857 , this is a logical attribute.
11858 Normally it's equivalent to
11861 \begin_inset Space ~
11870 \begin_layout Labeling
11871 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11876 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11877 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11881 \begin_inset Space ~
11886 , which is the default
11887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11894 and means normally black, you can choose between
11930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11939 \begin_layout Labeling
11940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11945 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11946 the language of the document.
11947 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11951 \begin_layout Standard
11952 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11953 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11955 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11957 \begin_inset Space ~
11962 dialog, the settings are saved.
11963 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11964 \begin_inset Graphics
11965 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11971 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11972 when the dialog isn't visible.
11976 \begin_layout Standard
11977 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11980 \begin_inset Space ~
11986 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11987 (suppose you just set the shape to
11988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12006 \begin_inset Space ~
12018 \begin_layout Standard
12019 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12027 \begin_inset Space ~
12039 \begin_layout Itemize
12045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12052 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12070 \begin_inset Newline newline
12077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12102 \begin_inset Note Note
12105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12106 For more on phantoms see section
12107 \begin_inset Space ~
12111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12113 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12123 \begin_inset Newline newline
12129 \begin_layout Itemize
12134 fonts use characters with serifs.
12135 These are the small
12136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12143 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12144 The following example will show the difference:
12145 \begin_inset Newline newline
12149 \begin_inset Newline newline
12154 text without serifs
12157 \begin_inset Newline newline
12160 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12161 They are therefore used as default font (named
12168 \begin_layout Itemize
12174 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12175 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12178 \begin_layout Standard
12179 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12180 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12183 \begin_layout Section
12184 Printing and Previewing
12187 \begin_layout Subsection
12191 \begin_layout Standard
12192 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12193 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12194 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12195 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12196 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12199 \begin_inset Space ~
12207 \begin_layout Standard
12208 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12209 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12210 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12211 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12212 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12213 This happens in two stages:
12216 \begin_layout Enumerate
12217 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12218 generating a file with the extension,
12219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12233 \begin_layout Enumerate
12234 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12238 file to produce printable output.
12242 \begin_layout Subsection
12243 Output file formats
12247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12256 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12269 File formats ! ASCII
12277 \begin_layout Standard
12278 This file type has the extension
12279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12291 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12295 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12302 \begin_layout Standard
12303 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12305 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12306 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12312 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12318 File formats ! LaTeX
12326 \begin_layout Standard
12327 This file type has the extension
12328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12339 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12341 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12342 it manually with console commands.
12343 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12344 you view or export your document.
12347 \begin_layout Standard
12348 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12350 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12351 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12368 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12382 \begin_layout Standard
12383 This file type has the extension
12384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12404 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12405 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12406 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12408 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12412 \begin_layout Standard
12413 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12421 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12422 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12427 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12428 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12429 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12430 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12433 \begin_layout Standard
12434 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12436 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12437 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12449 File formats ! PostScript
12457 \begin_layout Standard
12458 This file type has the extension
12459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12471 PostScript was developed by the company
12475 as printer language.
12476 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12478 PostScript can be seen as
12479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12482 programming language
12483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12486 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12491 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12501 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12511 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12514 \begin_layout Standard
12515 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12519 Encapsulated PostScript
12520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12523 (EPS, file extension
12524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12536 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12537 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12538 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12539 whenever you view or export your document.
12540 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12541 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12542 EPS to avoid this problem.
12545 \begin_layout Standard
12546 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12548 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12549 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12555 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12579 \begin_layout Standard
12580 This file type has the extension
12581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12597 Portable Document Format
12598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12601 (PDF) is developed by
12605 as derivative from PostScript.
12606 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12615 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12616 looks exactly the same.
12619 \begin_layout Standard
12620 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12624 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12628 (JPG, file extension
12629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12656 Portable Network Graphics
12657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12660 (PNG, file extension
12661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12673 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12674 in the background to one of these formats.
12675 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12676 will slow down your workflow.
12677 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12680 \begin_layout Standard
12681 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12683 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12686 in three different ways:
12689 \begin_layout Description
12690 PDF This uses the program
12694 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12695 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12699 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12700 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12703 \begin_layout Description
12705 \begin_inset Space ~
12708 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12712 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12716 \begin_layout Description
12718 \begin_inset Space ~
12721 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12725 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12728 \begin_layout Standard
12729 We recommend to use
12732 \begin_inset Space ~
12741 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12747 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12750 \begin_layout Subsection
12755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12764 \begin_layout Standard
12765 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12766 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12770 and choose a file type.
12771 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12774 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12777 you can use the toolbar button
12778 \begin_inset Graphics
12779 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12790 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12792 \begin_inset Space ~
12797 you can use the toolbar button
12798 \begin_inset Graphics
12799 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12807 \begin_layout Standard
12808 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12809 viewer window using the menu
12811 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12817 \begin_layout Standard
12818 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12820 To have a real output, export your document.
12823 \begin_layout Subsection
12824 Printing the File from within LyX
12825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12827 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12834 \begin_layout Standard
12835 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12836 it directly from within LyX.
12837 To print a file, select the menu
12839 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12842 or click on the toolbar button
12843 \begin_inset Graphics
12844 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12850 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12851 This file is then processed by the program
12855 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12860 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12863 \begin_layout Standard
12864 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12865 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12866 printing one set to print on the other side.
12867 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12868 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12869 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12872 \begin_layout Standard
12873 You can set the parameters in the
12876 \begin_inset Space ~
12884 \begin_layout Labeling
12885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12890 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12895 Note that this printer name is for the program
12904 has to be configured for this printer name.
12905 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12906 \begin_inset Space ~
12910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12912 reference "sub:Printer"
12921 The printer should understand PostScript.
12924 \begin_layout Labeling
12925 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12930 The name of a file to print to.
12931 The output will be a PostScript file.
12932 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12936 \begin_layout Section
12937 A few Words about Typography
12941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12950 \begin_layout Subsection
12955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12971 \begin_layout Standard
12973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12984 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12999 \begin_layout Enumerate
13001 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13005 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13023 \begin_layout Enumerate
13025 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13029 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13060 \begin_layout Enumerate
13062 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13066 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13110 \begin_layout Enumerate
13112 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13116 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13120 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13138 \begin_layout Standard
13139 You generate them by inserting the
13140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13151 character multiple times in a row.
13152 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13153 final output, but not in LyX.
13156 \begin_layout Standard
13157 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13158 math mode and has a length of its own.
13159 Here are some examples of the
13160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13174 \begin_layout Enumerate
13175 line- and page-breaks
13176 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13186 \begin_layout Enumerate
13188 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13198 \begin_layout Enumerate
13199 Oh --- there's a dash.
13200 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13210 \begin_layout Enumerate
13211 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13215 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13225 \begin_layout Subsection
13230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13239 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13246 \begin_layout Standard
13247 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13248 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13255 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13262 following the rules of the document language
13266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13267 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13275 \begin_inset Space ~
13279 \begin_inset Space ~
13286 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13297 \begin_layout Standard
13298 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13303 and with unusual constructs, like
13304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13312 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13313 This is done with the menu
13315 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13316 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13318 \begin_inset Space ~
13324 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13325 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13328 \begin_layout Standard
13329 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13330 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13331 a hyphen and a space in the form
13332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13340 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13348 as hyphenation possibility.
13349 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13350 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13351 of the LaTeX-box-command
13357 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13358 As LyX doesn't support
13364 , we have to use ERT.
13365 The result looks in LyX like:
13368 \begin_layout Standard
13369 \begin_inset Graphics
13370 filename clipart/mbox.png
13378 \begin_layout Standard
13379 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13380 \begin_inset Space ~
13384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13386 reference "sec:ERT"
13393 \begin_layout Subsection
13398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13407 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13408 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13411 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13418 \begin_layout Standard
13419 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13420 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13421 LaTeX then adds the
13422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13425 appropriate amount of space
13426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13430 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13432 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13435 \begin_layout Standard
13436 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13450 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13451 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13454 \begin_layout Standard
13455 Here are some examples of
13459 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13462 \begin_layout Itemize
13467 \begin_layout Itemize
13472 \begin_layout Standard
13473 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13476 \begin_layout Itemize
13479 this is too much space!
13482 \begin_layout Itemize
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13491 \begin_layout Standard
13492 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13495 \begin_layout Enumerate
13499 \begin_inset Space ~
13504 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13505 \begin_inset Space ~
13509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13511 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13520 Spaces ! inter-word
13528 \begin_layout Enumerate
13532 \begin_inset Space ~
13537 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13538 \begin_inset Space ~
13542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13544 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13561 \begin_layout Enumerate
13565 \begin_inset Space ~
13569 \begin_inset Space ~
13573 \begin_inset Space ~
13580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13582 \begin_inset Space ~
13587 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13588 This function is also bound to
13595 \begin_layout Standard
13596 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13599 \begin_layout Itemize
13601 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
13605 \begin_inset Space \space{}
13608 this is too much space!
13611 \begin_layout Itemize
13612 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13616 \begin_layout Standard
13617 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13618 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13619 LaTeX will care about this.
13622 \begin_layout Standard
13623 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13626 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13628 \begin_inset Space ~
13633 feature described in section
13644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13650 Typography ! Quotes
13659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13697 \begin_layout Standard
13698 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13699 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13700 and use a closing quote at the end.
13702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13710 The keyboard character,
13714 , generates this automatically.
13717 \begin_layout Standard
13718 You can change the behavior of the
13722 key using the submenu
13728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13736 Document ! Settings
13744 \begin_layout Standard
13745 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13750 There are six choices:
13753 \begin_layout Labeling
13754 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13766 Use quotes like this
13767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13775 \begin_inset Quotes els
13779 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13785 \begin_layout Labeling
13786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13789 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13793 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13799 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13803 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13807 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13813 \begin_layout Labeling
13814 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13817 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13821 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13827 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13831 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13835 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13839 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13845 \begin_layout Labeling
13846 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13849 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13853 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13859 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13863 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13867 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13871 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13877 \begin_layout Labeling
13878 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13881 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13885 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13891 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13895 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13899 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13903 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13909 \begin_layout Labeling
13910 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13913 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13917 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13923 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13927 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13931 \begin_inset Quotes als
13935 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13941 \begin_layout Standard
13942 These settings affects what character the
13949 \begin_layout Subsection
13954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13955 Typography ! Ligatures
13964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13995 name "sub:Ligatures"
14002 \begin_layout Standard
14003 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14004 print them as single characters.
14005 These groups are known as
14010 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14012 Here are the standard ligatures:
14015 \begin_layout Itemize
14019 \begin_layout Itemize
14023 \begin_layout Itemize
14027 \begin_layout Itemize
14031 \begin_layout Itemize
14035 \begin_layout Standard
14036 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14039 \begin_layout Standard
14040 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14041 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14049 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14065 To break a ligature, use
14067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14068 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14070 \begin_inset Space ~
14077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14088 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14105 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14113 \begin_layout Subsection
14118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14127 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14134 \begin_layout Standard
14135 You have surely noticed, that the word
14136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14143 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14144 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14145 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14165 \begin_inset Note Note
14168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14169 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14177 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14178 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14183 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14187 \begin_layout Description
14188 LyX The name of the game, write
14189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14210 \begin_layout Description
14211 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14233 \begin_layout Description
14234 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14256 \begin_layout Description
14257 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14279 \begin_layout Standard
14280 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14285 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14293 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14294 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14295 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14298 : The actual version is
14299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14306 , the previous one was
14307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14317 \begin_layout Standard
14318 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14319 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14320 This will look in LyX like:
14321 \begin_inset Graphics
14322 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14328 \begin_inset Newline newline
14331 For more about ERT, look at section
14332 \begin_inset Space ~
14336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14338 reference "sec:ERT"
14345 \begin_layout Subsection
14350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14359 \begin_layout Standard
14360 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14361 space between two words.
14362 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14372 for units use the menu
14374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14375 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14377 \begin_inset Space ~
14389 \begin_layout Standard
14390 Here's an example to show the differences:
14393 \begin_layout Standard
14394 \begin_inset Tabular
14395 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14397 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14398 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14405 \begin_inset Space ~
14409 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14421 space between number and unit
14428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14433 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
14437 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14449 half space between number and unit
14462 \begin_layout Subsection
14467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14468 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14483 \begin_layout Standard
14484 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14486 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14487 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14488 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14489 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14490 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14491 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14502 \begin_layout Standard
14503 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14504 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14505 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14506 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14507 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14508 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14509 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14512 \begin_layout Standard
14513 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14514 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14515 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14516 \begin_inset Space ~
14520 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14522 key "latexcompanion"
14527 \begin_inset Space ~
14531 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14537 ] may have more information.
14538 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14541 \begin_layout Chapter
14542 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14545 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14552 \begin_layout Standard
14553 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14558 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14561 \begin_layout Section
14566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14582 \begin_layout Standard
14583 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14586 \begin_layout Description
14588 \begin_inset Space ~
14591 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14592 \begin_inset Newline newline
14596 \begin_inset Note Note
14599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14600 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14608 \begin_layout Description
14609 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14610 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14612 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14613 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14614 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14617 \begin_inset Newline newline
14621 \begin_inset Note Comment
14624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14625 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14633 \begin_layout Description
14635 \begin_inset Space ~
14638 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14639 \begin_inset Newline newline
14643 \begin_inset Newline newline
14647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14656 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14657 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14658 How this can be done is explained in the
14667 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14673 \begin_inset Newline newline
14677 \begin_inset Newline newline
14680 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14681 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14684 \begin_layout Description
14685 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14687 \begin_inset Box Framed
14696 height_special "totalheight"
14699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14700 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14705 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14706 \begin_inset Space ~
14710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14712 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14716 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14720 \begin_layout Description
14721 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14722 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14731 height_special "totalheight"
14734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14735 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14740 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14741 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14744 \begin_layout Standard
14745 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14746 \begin_inset Graphics
14747 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14750 scaleBeforeRotation
14756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14760 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14763 \begin_layout Section
14768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14777 name "sec:Footnotes"
14784 \begin_layout Standard
14785 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14791 or the toolbar button
14792 \begin_inset Graphics
14793 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14807 \begin_inset Graphics
14808 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14819 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14848 label, the box will
14852 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14853 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14866 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14882 \begin_layout Standard
14883 Here's an example footnote:
14891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14892 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14900 \begin_layout Standard
14901 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14902 position where the footnote box is placed.
14903 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14904 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14905 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14906 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14907 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14912 ey are described in the
14919 \begin_layout Section
14924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14933 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14940 \begin_layout Standard
14941 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14942 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14946 \begin_inset Space ~
14951 or the toolbar button
14952 \begin_inset Graphics
14953 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
14974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14981 appearing within your text.
14982 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
14991 \begin_layout Standard
14992 At the side is an example marginal note.
14996 \begin_inset Marginal
14999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15000 This is a marginal note.
15008 \begin_layout Standard
15009 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15010 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15011 pages, right on odd pages.
15014 \begin_layout Section
15015 Graphics and Images
15019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15038 name "sec:Graphics"
15045 \begin_layout Standard
15046 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15047 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15048 \begin_inset Graphics
15049 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15056 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15060 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15063 \begin_layout Standard
15064 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15069 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15070 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15071 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15073 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15074 \begin_inset Space ~
15078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15080 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15087 \begin_layout Standard
15092 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15093 of the image in the output.
15094 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15098 \begin_inset Space ~
15102 \begin_inset Space ~
15111 \begin_inset Space ~
15115 \begin_inset Space ~
15119 \begin_inset Space ~
15124 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15125 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15133 \begin_layout Standard
15134 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15139 You can also set the
15143 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15144 This option is explained in section
15145 \begin_inset Space ~
15149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15151 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15159 \begin_inset Space ~
15164 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15165 image size is printed.
15168 \begin_layout Standard
15169 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15170 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15172 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15173 centered paragraph:
15176 \begin_layout Standard
15178 \begin_inset Graphics
15179 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15183 rotateOrigin center
15190 \begin_layout Standard
15191 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15192 the image into a float, see section
15193 \begin_inset Space ~
15197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15199 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15206 \begin_layout Subsection
15211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15220 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15227 \begin_layout Standard
15228 You can insert images in any known file format.
15229 But as we explained in section
15230 \begin_inset Space ~
15234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15236 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15240 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15241 LyX uses therefore the program
15245 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15246 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15247 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15248 \begin_inset Space ~
15252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15254 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15261 \begin_layout Standard
15262 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15265 \begin_layout Description
15267 \begin_inset Space ~
15270 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15271 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15272 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15276 Graphics Interchange Format
15277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15280 (GIF, file extension
15281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15328 Portable Network Graphics
15329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15332 (PNG, file extension
15333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15380 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15384 (JPG, file extension
15385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15443 \begin_layout Description
15445 \begin_inset Space ~
15448 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15450 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15451 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15452 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15453 \begin_inset Newline newline
15456 Scalable image formats can be
15457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15460 Scalable Vector Graphics
15461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15464 (SVG, file extension
15465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15512 Encapsulated PostScript
15513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15516 (EPS, file extension
15517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15564 Portable Document Format
15565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15568 (PDF, file extension
15569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15591 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15592 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15593 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15599 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15607 \begin_layout Standard
15608 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15612 \begin_layout Section
15617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15633 \begin_layout Standard
15634 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15635 \begin_inset Graphics
15636 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15644 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15648 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15649 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15650 from the rest of the table.
15651 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15652 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15654 Here's an example table:
15657 \begin_layout Standard
15659 \begin_inset Tabular
15660 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15662 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15663 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15664 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15665 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15865 \begin_layout Subsection
15869 \begin_layout Standard
15870 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15871 brings up the table dialog.
15872 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15873 where the cursor is placed currently.
15874 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15875 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15876 done on all of your selection.
15879 \begin_layout Standard
15880 Additionally to the table dialog the
15883 \begin_inset Space ~
15888 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15890 It is for example currently only possible to add
15891 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15895 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15898 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15901 \begin_layout Standard
15905 \begin_inset Space ~
15910 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15911 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15912 current cell respectively.
15913 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15915 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15916 of text, see section
15917 \begin_inset Space ~
15921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15923 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15930 \begin_layout Standard
15931 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15937 This will merge the cells to
15941 cell, spread over more than one column.
15942 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15943 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15944 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15945 in the last row without the upper border:
15948 \begin_layout Standard
15950 \begin_inset Tabular
15951 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15952 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15954 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15967 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15976 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16052 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16087 \begin_layout Standard
16088 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16089 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16090 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16091 explained in the tables section of the
16094 \begin_inset Space ~
16100 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16101 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16104 degrees counterclockwise.
16105 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16108 \begin_layout Standard
16109 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16117 Most DVI-viewers are
16121 able to display rotations.
16129 \begin_layout Standard
16134 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16139 adds lines for all cell borders.
16142 \begin_layout Subsection
16147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16148 Tables ! Longtables
16157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16166 \begin_layout Standard
16167 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16170 \begin_inset Space ~
16174 \begin_inset Space ~
16183 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16184 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16187 \begin_layout Description
16192 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16193 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16194 except for the first page, if
16197 \begin_inset Space ~
16205 \begin_layout Description
16209 \begin_inset Space ~
16214 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16215 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16218 \begin_layout Description
16223 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16224 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16225 except for the last page, if
16228 \begin_inset Space ~
16236 \begin_layout Description
16240 \begin_inset Space ~
16245 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16246 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16249 \begin_layout Standard
16250 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16251 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16252 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16253 The others will then be defined as
16258 In this context, first means first in this order:
16261 \begin_inset Space ~
16273 \begin_inset Space ~
16279 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16282 \begin_layout Standard
16284 \begin_inset Tabular
16285 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16286 <features islongtable="true">
16287 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16288 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16289 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16290 <row endfirsthead="true">
16291 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16297 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16302 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16311 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16321 <row endfirsthead="true">
16322 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16333 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16342 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16354 <row endhead="true">
16355 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16366 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16375 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16385 <row endhead="true">
16386 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16406 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16418 <row endfoot="true">
16419 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16430 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16439 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16470 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17411 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17420 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17812 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17843 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17905 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17967 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17998 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18029 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18060 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18091 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18153 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18246 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18400 <row endlastfoot="true">
18401 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 \begin_layout Subsection
18443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18452 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18459 \begin_layout Standard
18460 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18461 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18462 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18463 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18467 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18468 for the cell's paragraph.
18471 \begin_layout Standard
18472 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18473 for the column in the table dialog.
18474 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18475 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18479 \begin_layout Standard
18481 \begin_inset Tabular
18482 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18484 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18485 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18486 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18506 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18631 This is longer now.
18636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18688 This is longer now.
18693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 \begin_layout Standard
18720 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18721 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18722 Selection with the mouse or with
18726 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18727 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18728 the selection from outside the table.
18731 \begin_layout Section
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18752 \begin_layout Standard
18753 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18754 have a fixed location.
18756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18763 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18771 \begin_inset Space ~
18776 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18777 too much notes at the page.
18780 \begin_layout Standard
18781 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18782 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18783 and pages without text.
18784 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18785 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18786 Floats are therefore numbered.
18787 Referencing is described in section
18788 \begin_inset Space ~
18792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18794 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18801 \begin_layout Standard
18802 To insert a float, use the menu
18804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18808 A box with a caption that has e.
18809 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
18813 \begin_inset Space ~
18817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18821 \begin_inset Space ~
18825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18828 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18829 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18831 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18842 paragraph within the float.
18843 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18844 by left-clicking on the box label.
18845 A closed float box looks like this:
18846 \begin_inset Graphics
18847 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18853 -- a gray button with a red label.
18856 \begin_layout Standard
18857 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18858 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18861 \begin_layout Subsection
18865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18871 Floats ! Figure floats
18877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18879 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18886 \begin_layout Standard
18889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18890 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18893 inserts a float with the label
18894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18900 \begin_inset Space ~
18906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18910 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18911 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18912 This is what we did for Figure
18913 \begin_inset Space ~
18917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18919 reference "cap:Platypus"
18924 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18925 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18926 This was done in Figure
18927 \begin_inset Space ~
18931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18933 reference "cap:Escher"
18940 \begin_layout Standard
18941 \begin_inset Float figure
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18948 \begin_inset Graphics
18949 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18953 rotateOrigin center
18960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18961 \begin_inset Caption
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18966 name "cap:Platypus"
18970 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
18983 \begin_layout Standard
18984 \begin_inset Float figure
18989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 \begin_inset Caption
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 \begin_inset Graphics
19011 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19015 rotateOrigin center
19027 \begin_layout Standard
19028 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19030 As described in section
19031 \begin_inset Space ~
19035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19037 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19041 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19046 and refer to it using the menu
19048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19052 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19061 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19073 \begin_layout Standard
19074 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
19075 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19076 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
19080 \begin_inset Space ~
19085 in the appearing dialog, use the option
19089 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
19091 \begin_inset Space ~
19095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19097 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19101 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19102 You can also set the images one below the other.
19105 \begin_layout Standard
19106 \begin_inset Float figure
19111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19112 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19116 \begin_inset Float figure
19121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19122 \begin_inset Caption
19124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19134 \begin_inset Graphics
19135 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19147 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19151 \begin_inset Float figure
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19157 \begin_inset Caption
19159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19169 \begin_inset Graphics
19170 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19183 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19190 \begin_inset Caption
19192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19195 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19199 Two distorted images.
19212 \begin_layout Standard
19213 Note that the caption is added to the
19216 \begin_inset Space ~
19220 \begin_inset Space ~
19225 as described in section
19226 \begin_inset Space ~
19230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19232 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 Floats ! Table floats
19251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19253 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19260 \begin_layout Standard
19261 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19264 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19268 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19271 \begin_inset Space ~
19275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19277 reference "cap:Table-float"
19281 is an example of a table float.
19284 \begin_layout Standard
19285 \begin_inset Float table
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 \begin_inset Caption
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19296 name "cap:Table-float"
19308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19310 \begin_inset Tabular
19311 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19442 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19465 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19507 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19521 \begin_layout Standard
19522 This float type is inserted with the menu
19524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19525 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19529 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19530 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19534 , described in section
19535 \begin_inset Space ~
19539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19541 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19548 \begin_layout Standard
19549 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19563 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19566 \begin_layout Standard
19571 floatname{algorithm}{your
19572 \begin_inset Space ~
19578 \begin_layout Standard
19579 to the document preamble (menu
19581 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19588 \begin_inset Space ~
19594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19608 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19614 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19622 name "sec:floatflt"
19629 \begin_layout Standard
19630 This float type is used if you want to
19631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19638 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19640 It can be inserted using the menu
19641 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19649 \begin_inset Graphics
19650 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19654 rotateOrigin center
19661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 \begin_inset Caption
19664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19667 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19671 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
19673 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19688 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19689 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19691 \begin_inset Space ~
19695 \begin_inset Space ~
19700 if the LaTeX-package
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19709 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19719 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19722 \begin_inset Space ~
19732 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19735 \begin_inset Space ~
19739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19741 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19746 \begin_inset Space ~
19749 wrap float with a width of 40
19750 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
19757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19758 Available units are explained in Appendix
19759 \begin_inset Space ~
19763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19765 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19774 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19778 \begin_layout Standard
19779 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19788 \begin_inset Space ~
19791 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
19792 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19793 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19794 over some other text.
19802 \begin_layout Itemize
19803 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19804 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19805 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19806 breaks will appear.
19809 \begin_layout Itemize
19810 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19811 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19814 \begin_layout Itemize
19815 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19816 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19819 \begin_layout Itemize
19820 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19823 \begin_layout Subsection
19825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19827 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19844 \begin_layout Standard
19845 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19846 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19850 \begin_inset Space ~
19858 \begin_layout Standard
19859 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19860 a two-column document).
19861 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19862 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19869 \begin_layout Standard
19870 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19871 format is also the same: Table
19872 \begin_inset Space ~
19876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19878 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19882 is an example of a rotated table float.
19885 \begin_layout Standard
19886 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19894 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19902 \begin_layout Standard
19903 \begin_inset Float table
19908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19909 \begin_inset Caption
19911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19914 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19928 \begin_inset Tabular
19929 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19931 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19932 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19933 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19934 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19935 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 \begin_layout Subsection
19997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19999 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20016 \begin_layout Standard
20017 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20018 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20019 \begin_inset Newline newline
20025 \begin_inset Space ~
20030 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20031 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20033 \begin_inset Newline newline
20039 \begin_inset Space ~
20044 is used to rotate floats, see section
20045 \begin_inset Space ~
20049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20051 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20058 \begin_layout Standard
20059 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20060 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20063 \begin_inset Space ~
20067 \begin_inset Space ~
20075 \begin_layout Description
20077 \begin_inset Space ~
20081 \begin_inset Space ~
20084 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20087 \begin_layout Description
20089 \begin_inset Space ~
20093 \begin_inset Space ~
20096 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20099 \begin_layout Description
20101 \begin_inset Space ~
20105 \begin_inset Space ~
20108 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20111 \begin_layout Description
20113 \begin_inset Space ~
20117 \begin_inset Space ~
20120 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20123 \begin_layout Standard
20124 The order of the above option is
20129 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20133 \begin_inset Space ~
20137 \begin_inset Space ~
20145 \begin_inset Space ~
20149 \begin_inset Space ~
20154 , and then the others.
20155 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20157 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20158 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20161 \begin_layout Standard
20162 By default, each options has its own rules:
20165 \begin_layout Standard
20169 \begin_inset Space ~
20173 \begin_inset Space ~
20178 only floats occupying less than 70
20179 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20182 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20185 \begin_layout Standard
20189 \begin_inset Space ~
20193 \begin_inset Space ~
20198 : only floats occupying less than 30
20199 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20202 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20205 \begin_layout Standard
20209 \begin_inset Space ~
20213 \begin_inset Space ~
20218 : only if more than 50
20219 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20222 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20226 \begin_layout Standard
20227 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20231 \begin_inset Space ~
20235 \begin_inset Space ~
20243 \begin_layout Standard
20244 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20245 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20246 For this case you can use the option
20249 \begin_inset Space ~
20255 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20257 Because the float is then no longer able to
20258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20265 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20268 \begin_layout Standard
20269 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20270 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20273 \begin_layout Standard
20274 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20276 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20278 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20285 \begin_layout Section
20290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20299 name "sec:Minipages"
20306 \begin_layout Standard
20307 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20309 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20310 \begin_inset Space ~
20317 \begin_layout Standard
20318 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20324 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20325 and its alignment within the page.
20328 \begin_layout Standard
20330 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20339 height_special "totalheight"
20342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20345 This is a minipage.
20346 The text is set in an italic style.
20349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20352 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20353 another formatting.
20361 \begin_layout Standard
20362 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20365 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20369 as described in section
20370 \begin_inset Space ~
20374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20376 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20381 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20387 \begin_layout Standard
20388 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20397 height_special "totalheight"
20400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20401 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20402 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20408 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
20412 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20421 height_special "totalheight"
20424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20425 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20426 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20434 \begin_layout Standard
20435 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20441 \begin_layout Standard
20442 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20443 to other box types.
20444 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20455 \begin_layout Chapter
20456 Mathematical Formulas
20460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20501 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20508 \begin_layout Standard
20509 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20514 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20517 \begin_layout Section
20522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20531 \begin_layout Standard
20532 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20533 \begin_inset Graphics
20534 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20540 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20542 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20543 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20544 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20552 \begin_layout Standard
20553 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20557 \begin_inset Space ~
20562 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20565 \begin_layout Standard
20566 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20567 line, like this one:
20570 \begin_layout Standard
20571 This is a line with an inline formula
20572 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20578 \begin_layout Standard
20579 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20581 \begin_inset Formula \[
20586 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20589 \begin_layout Standard
20590 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20606 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20607 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20611 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20614 \begin_inset Space ~
20622 \begin_layout Subsection
20623 Navigating in Formulas
20627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20636 \begin_layout Standard
20637 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20638 achieved with the arrow keys.
20639 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20640 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20645 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20646 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20650 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20654 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20656 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20664 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20669 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20670 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20673 \begin_layout Standard
20678 , printed in this document as
20679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20700 \begin_inset Note Note
20703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20704 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20705 space character (visible space).
20710 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20711 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20712 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20717 For example, if you want
20718 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20772 , since in the latter case only the
20775 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20780 will be under the square root sign:
20781 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20787 \begin_layout Standard
20788 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20790 \begin_inset Formula \[
20791 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20794 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20798 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20799 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20802 \begin_layout Subsection
20806 \begin_layout Standard
20807 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20808 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20812 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20813 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20814 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20815 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20816 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20819 \begin_layout Subsection
20820 Exponents and Subscripts
20824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20843 \begin_layout Standard
20844 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20845 way is to use a command.
20847 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20850 , type in a formula
20856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20872 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20878 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20882 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20903 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20912 , you have to use an extra
20916 to separate the hat and the character.
20919 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20940 Subscripts are similar: To get
20941 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20964 \begin_layout Subsection
20969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20978 \begin_layout Standard
20979 Create a fraction with either the command
20986 \begin_inset Graphics
20987 filename ../images/math/frac.png
20996 \begin_inset Space ~
21002 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21003 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21004 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21009 To move back up, press
21014 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21015 \begin_inset Formula \[
21016 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21018 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21025 \begin_layout Subsection
21030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21039 \begin_layout Standard
21040 Roots can be created using the
21043 \begin_inset Space ~
21049 \begin_inset Graphics
21050 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21074 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21080 produces always a square root.
21083 \begin_layout Subsection
21084 Operators with Limits
21088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21105 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21107 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21114 \begin_layout Standard
21116 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21120 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21123 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21124 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21125 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21126 The sum operator will automatically place its
21127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21134 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21137 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21141 \begin_inset Formula \[
21142 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21146 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21150 \begin_layout Standard
21151 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21153 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21154 behind the operator and hitting
21160 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21161 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21163 \begin_inset Space ~
21167 \begin_inset Space ~
21175 \begin_layout Standard
21176 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21184 feature as addition, such as
21188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21195 \begin_inset Formula \[
21196 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21200 which will place the
21201 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21213 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21214 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21220 \begin_layout Standard
21221 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21228 Have a look at section
21229 \begin_inset Space ~
21233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21235 reference "sub:Functions"
21239 for an explanation of function macros.
21242 \begin_layout Subsection
21247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21256 \begin_layout Standard
21257 Most math symbols can be found in the
21260 \begin_inset Space ~
21265 under one of several categories; including
21282 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21286 \begin_layout Standard
21287 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21288 you don't have to use the
21291 \begin_inset Space ~
21296 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21297 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21300 \begin_layout Subsection
21305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21314 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21321 \begin_layout Standard
21322 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21331 \begin_inset Space ~
21337 \begin_inset Graphics
21338 filename ../images/math/space.png
21344 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21345 Here a example for the sequence
21350 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21354 \begin_inset Graphics
21355 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21361 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21362 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21363 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21364 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21369 \begin_layout Standard
21379 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21385 \begin_layout Standard
21395 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21401 \begin_layout Subsection
21406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21415 name "sub:Functions"
21422 \begin_layout Standard
21426 \begin_inset Space ~
21431 contains under the button
21432 \begin_inset Graphics
21433 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21438 a number of functions, such as
21439 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21443 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21451 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21458 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21459 avoid confusions, because
21460 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21464 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21470 \begin_layout Standard
21471 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21473 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21477 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21483 \begin_layout Standard
21484 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21485 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21486 \begin_inset Space ~
21490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21492 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21499 \begin_layout Subsection
21504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21513 \begin_layout Standard
21514 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21516 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21517 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21519 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21522 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21523 Our example is entered by typing
21531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21544 \begin_inset Space ~
21548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21550 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21554 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21557 \begin_layout Standard
21558 \begin_inset Float table
21563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21564 \begin_inset Caption
21566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21569 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21573 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21583 \begin_inset Tabular
21584 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21586 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21587 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21588 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21672 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21726 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21780 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21834 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21888 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21942 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21996 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22050 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22104 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22149 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22170 \begin_layout Standard
22171 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22174 \begin_inset Space ~
22180 \begin_inset Graphics
22181 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22186 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22190 \begin_layout Section
22191 Brackets and Delimiters
22195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22214 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22221 \begin_layout Standard
22222 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22223 For most purposes, using just the keys
22228 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22229 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22232 \begin_inset Space ~
22238 \begin_inset Graphics
22239 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22245 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22247 \begin_inset Formula \[
22248 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22250 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22254 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22255 \begin_inset Formula \[
22256 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22263 \begin_layout Standard
22264 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22265 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22268 \begin_layout Standard
22269 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22270 left side and right side.
22271 If you use the option
22274 \begin_inset Space ~
22279 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22280 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22281 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22282 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22285 \begin_layout Standard
22286 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22287 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22288 inside the brackets.
22289 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22294 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22297 \begin_layout Standard
22298 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22309 \begin_layout Section
22314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22323 name "sec:Grouping"
22330 \begin_layout Standard
22331 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22332 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22343 \begin_layout Standard
22344 \begin_inset Formula \[
22345 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22352 \begin_layout Standard
22353 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22368 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22369 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22370 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22373 \begin_layout Section
22374 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22399 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22407 \begin_layout Standard
22408 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22411 \begin_inset Space ~
22417 \begin_inset Graphics
22418 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22424 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22425 Here is an example:
22426 \begin_inset Formula \[
22427 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22430 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22434 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22435 \begin_inset Space ~
22439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22441 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22446 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22447 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22448 This alignment is set in the box
22453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22501 for every column as default.
22502 For example, the sequence
22503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22514 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22515 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22516 corresponds to the relevant column.
22517 The result will look like this:
22518 \begin_inset Formula \[
22520 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22521 column & has & has\, right\\
22522 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22529 \begin_layout Standard
22530 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22534 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22535 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22537 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22543 \begin_layout Standard
22544 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22545 It can be created with the menu
22547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22548 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22550 \begin_inset Space ~
22563 \begin_inset Formula \[
22567 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22574 \begin_layout Standard
22575 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22578 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22586 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22595 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22603 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22604 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22605 A new row is created by every further hit of
22613 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22614 Here is an example:
22615 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22616 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22617 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22621 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22622 where you want to start the shift and hit
22627 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22628 position to the next column.
22629 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22630 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22631 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22632 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22639 \begin_layout Standard
22640 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22647 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22648 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22651 reference "eq:asquared"
22656 The other types are described in section
22657 \begin_inset Space ~
22661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22663 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22670 \begin_layout Section
22671 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22676 Math ! Formula numbering
22685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22686 Math ! Referencing formulas
22692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22694 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22701 \begin_layout Standard
22702 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22704 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22705 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22707 \begin_inset Space ~
22715 \begin_inset Space ~
22721 The formula number appears in LyX as
22722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22729 within parentheses.
22731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22738 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22740 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22741 the document class.
22742 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22743 separated by a dot:
22744 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22745 1+1=2\end{equation}
22752 \begin_inset Space ~
22757 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22758 You can only number displayed formulas.
22761 \begin_layout Standard
22762 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22764 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22765 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22767 \begin_inset Space ~
22771 \begin_inset Space ~
22775 \begin_inset Space ~
22783 \begin_inset Space ~
22788 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22789 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22791 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22792 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22796 To number all lines use the shortcut
22799 \begin_inset Space ~
22807 \begin_layout Standard
22808 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22811 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22812 A label is inserted with the menu
22814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22817 when the cursor is in the formula.
22818 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22819 It is recommended to use the proposed
22820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22831 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22832 type when you have many labels in your document.
22833 We inserted in the following example the label
22834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22841 in the second line:
22842 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22843 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22844 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22848 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22849 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22859 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22861 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22863 \begin_inset Space ~
22869 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22870 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22871 as the formula number:
22874 \begin_layout Standard
22875 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22878 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22885 \begin_layout Standard
22886 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22887 \begin_inset Space ~
22891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22893 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22898 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22901 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22904 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22909 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22917 \begin_layout Section
22918 User defined math macros
22922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22929 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22931 name "sec:math-macros"
22938 \begin_layout Standard
22939 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22940 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22941 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22943 \begin_inset Newline newline
22946 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22947 \begin_inset Formula \[
22948 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22952 The general form of its solution is:
22953 \begin_inset Formula \[
22954 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22961 \begin_layout Standard
22962 The macro should print the parameters
22963 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22967 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22971 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22974 like in the equation above.
22977 \begin_layout Standard
22978 A macro is created by executing the command
22981 \begin_layout Standard
22988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23011 \begin_inset Space ~
23015 \begin_inset Space ~
23021 \begin_layout Standard
23022 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23023 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23024 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23025 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23029 \begin_layout Standard
23030 We have three arguments and name the macro
23031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23038 , so that the command is:
23041 \begin_layout Standard
23048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23073 \begin_layout Standard
23074 This results in the following macro definition box:
23075 \begin_inset Graphics
23076 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23082 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23083 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23084 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23088 \begin_inset Note Note
23091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23092 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23093 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23101 \begin_layout Standard
23102 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23103 the math panel or commands.
23104 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23105 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23116 for the first argument.
23117 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23118 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23119 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23120 in LyX with its full size.
23121 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23122 In our example we insert the sequence
23123 \begin_inset Newline newline
23151 \begin_inset Newline newline
23156 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23159 \begin_layout Standard
23160 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23175 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23178 \begin_layout Standard
23180 \begin_inset Graphics
23181 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23189 \begin_layout Standard
23190 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23191 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23192 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23193 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23194 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23197 \begin_layout Standard
23198 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23199 to the new definition.
23200 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23201 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23205 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23209 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23213 \begin_inset Formula \[
23221 \begin_layout Standard
23222 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23226 \begin_layout Standard
23240 \begin_inset Newline newline
23247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23273 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23276 \begin_layout Standard
23277 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23278 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23279 definition box in your document.
23280 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23282 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23284 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23289 \begin_layout Section
23293 \begin_layout Subsection
23298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23307 \begin_layout Standard
23308 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23309 To set a font in a formula, use the
23312 \begin_inset Space ~
23318 \begin_inset Graphics
23319 filename ../images/math/font.png
23324 , or enter its command, listed in table
23325 \begin_inset Space ~
23329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23331 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23338 \begin_layout Standard
23339 \begin_inset Float table
23344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23345 \begin_inset Caption
23347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23350 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23354 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 \begin_inset Tabular
23365 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23367 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23368 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23400 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23427 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23454 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23487 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23514 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23541 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23575 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23602 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23636 \begin_layout Standard
23637 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23645 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23661 \begin_layout Standard
23662 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23663 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23668 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23669 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23670 Here an example where a
23671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23682 denotes the set of numbers:
23683 \begin_inset Formula \[
23684 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23691 \begin_layout Standard
23692 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23703 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23707 \begin_inset Newline newline
23710 So better don't use this feature.
23713 \begin_layout Standard
23714 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23715 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23719 \begin_inset Newline newline
23722 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23728 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23729 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23735 \begin_layout Standard
23742 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23745 \begin_layout Standard
23746 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23749 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23751 \begin_inset Space ~
23759 \begin_layout Subsection
23764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23773 \begin_layout Standard
23774 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23776 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23780 \begin_inset Space ~
23784 \begin_inset Space ~
23792 \begin_inset Space ~
23798 \begin_inset Graphics
23799 filename ../images/math/font.png
23804 (alternatively the shortcut
23807 \begin_inset Space ~
23813 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23814 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23815 Here is an example:
23816 \begin_inset Formula \[
23818 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23819 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23826 \begin_layout Subsection
23831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23840 \begin_layout Standard
23841 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23842 automatically chosen in most situations.
23860 For most characters,
23868 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23869 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23874 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23875 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23876 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23877 \begin_inset Graphics
23878 filename ../images/math/style.png
23884 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23885 For example, you can set
23886 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23889 , which is normally in
23898 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23902 The four styles are used in the following example:
23905 \begin_layout Standard
23906 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23910 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23914 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23918 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23924 \begin_layout Standard
23925 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23926 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23928 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23930 \begin_inset Space ~
23935 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23936 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23937 will be adjusted to correspond.
23938 As example a formula in the font size
23939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23949 \begin_layout Standard
23953 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23959 \begin_layout Section
23964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23983 \begin_layout Standard
23984 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23985 (AMS) that are in common use.
23988 \begin_layout Subsection
23989 Enabling AMS-Support
23992 \begin_layout Standard
23993 Selecting the checkbox
23996 \begin_inset Space ~
24000 \begin_inset Space ~
24004 \begin_inset Space ~
24011 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24019 Document ! Settings
24027 \begin_inset Space ~
24032 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24034 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24035 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24038 \begin_layout Subsection
24040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24042 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24051 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24059 \begin_layout Standard
24060 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24061 LyX allows you to choose between
24082 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24085 \begin_layout Chapter
24089 \begin_layout Section
24094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24103 name "sec:Cross-References"
24110 \begin_layout Standard
24111 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24112 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24114 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24115 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24116 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24119 \begin_layout Enumerate
24123 \begin_layout Enumerate
24124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24126 name "enu:Second-item"
24133 \begin_layout Enumerate
24137 \begin_layout Standard
24138 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24143 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24144 \begin_inset Graphics
24145 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24152 A grey label box like this:
24153 \begin_inset Graphics
24154 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24160 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24161 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24196 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24197 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24212 \begin_layout Standard
24213 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24218 or the toolbar button
24219 \begin_inset Graphics
24220 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24227 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24228 \begin_inset Graphics
24229 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24235 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24237 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24250 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24252 Here is our cross-reference:
24255 \begin_layout Standard
24257 \begin_inset Space ~
24261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24263 reference "enu:Second-item"
24270 \begin_layout Standard
24271 It is recommended to use a protected space
24275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24276 described in section
24277 \begin_inset Space ~
24281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24283 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24292 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24296 \begin_layout Standard
24297 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24300 \begin_layout Description
24301 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24304 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24311 \begin_layout Description
24312 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24313 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24325 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24332 \begin_layout Description
24333 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24334 \begin_inset Space ~
24338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24339 LatexCommand pageref
24340 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24347 \begin_layout Description
24349 \begin_inset Space ~
24353 \begin_inset Space ~
24356 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24358 LatexCommand vpageref
24359 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24366 \begin_layout Description
24368 \begin_inset Space ~
24372 \begin_inset Space ~
24376 \begin_inset Space ~
24379 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24383 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24390 \begin_layout Description
24392 \begin_inset Space ~
24395 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24396 \begin_inset Newline newline
24400 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24408 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24415 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24430 \begin_layout Standard
24431 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24432 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24434 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
24438 \begin_inset Space ~
24442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24456 \begin_layout Standard
24457 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24458 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24459 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24463 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24467 \begin_layout Standard
24468 You can only use the style
24472 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24476 is always possible.
24479 \begin_layout Standard
24480 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24481 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24482 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24483 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24484 \begin_inset Space ~
24488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24490 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24497 \begin_layout Standard
24501 \begin_inset Space ~
24505 \begin_inset Space ~
24510 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24511 The button text changes then to
24514 \begin_inset Space ~
24519 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24520 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24521 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24525 \begin_layout Standard
24526 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24527 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24528 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24531 \begin_layout Standard
24532 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24533 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24536 \begin_layout Standard
24537 References are described in detail in the
24544 \begin_layout Section
24545 Table of Contents and other Listings
24549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24575 \begin_layout Subsection
24576 Table of Contents and Outline
24577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24579 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24586 \begin_layout Standard
24587 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24589 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24590 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24592 \begin_inset Space ~
24596 \begin_inset Space ~
24602 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24603 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24604 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24605 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24612 \begin_layout Standard
24613 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24614 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24616 \begin_inset Space ~
24620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24622 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24626 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24628 \begin_inset Space ~
24632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24634 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24638 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24640 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24641 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24642 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24645 \begin_layout Standard
24646 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24648 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24650 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24656 \begin_layout Subsection
24657 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24667 \begin_layout Standard
24668 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24669 You can insert them via the
24671 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24673 \begin_inset Space ~
24677 \begin_inset Space ~
24683 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24686 \begin_layout Section
24687 URLs and Hyperlinks
24691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24717 \begin_layout Subsection
24721 \begin_layout Standard
24722 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24724 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24730 \begin_layout Standard
24731 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24732 \begin_inset Flex URL
24735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24745 \begin_layout Standard
24746 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24752 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24756 \begin_layout Standard
24757 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24765 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24773 \begin_layout Subsection
24777 \begin_layout Standard
24778 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24783 or with the toolbar button
24784 \begin_inset Graphics
24785 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24787 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24792 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24801 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24802 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24803 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24805 name "http://www.lyx.org"
24806 target "LyX's homepage"
24810 , an Email address like this:
24811 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24813 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24814 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24819 , or a link to a file.
24822 \begin_layout Standard
24823 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24836 to the link target.
24839 \begin_layout Standard
24840 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary and become clickable
24841 in the DVI and PDF-output.
24842 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24843 the text style dialog.
24844 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24848 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24850 name "http://www.lyx.org"
24851 target "LyX's homepage"
24858 \begin_layout Standard
24859 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24863 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24865 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24866 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24870 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24872 \begin_inset Newline newline
24880 \begin_inset Newline newline
24887 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24890 \begin_layout Section
24895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24904 name "sec:Appendices"
24911 \begin_layout Standard
24912 Appendices are created with the menu
24914 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24916 \begin_inset Space ~
24920 \begin_inset Space ~
24926 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24927 as appendix region.
24928 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24931 \begin_layout Standard
24932 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24933 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24934 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24935 and the subsection number.
24936 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24940 \begin_layout Standard
24942 \begin_inset Space ~
24946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24948 reference "cha:Credits"
24953 \begin_inset Space ~
24957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24959 reference "sub:Export"
24966 \begin_layout Section
24971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24980 name "sec:Bibliography"
24987 \begin_layout Standard
24988 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24989 You can include a bibliography database
24993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24994 Known under the name
24995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25007 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25009 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25013 , described in section
25014 \begin_inset Space ~
25018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25020 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25027 \begin_layout Standard
25032 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25034 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25043 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25045 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25054 , a short form of its title, as key.
25057 \begin_layout Standard
25058 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25063 or the toobar button
25064 \begin_inset Graphics
25065 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25067 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25072 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25073 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25074 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25075 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25079 \begin_layout Standard
25080 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25081 with surrounding brackets.
25086 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25087 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25099 \begin_layout Standard
25102 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25105 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25107 key "latexcompanion"
25114 \begin_layout Standard
25115 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25116 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25125 \begin_layout Subsection
25126 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25131 Bibliography ! Databases
25140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25141 Bibliography ! BibT
25145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25158 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25160 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25165 \begin_inset Note Note
25168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25169 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
25177 \begin_layout Standard
25178 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25180 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25182 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25183 your working field in a database.
25184 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25185 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25188 \begin_layout Standard
25189 The database is a text file with the file extension
25190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25201 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25202 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25203 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25205 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25210 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25212 \begin_inset Newline newline
25216 \begin_inset Flex URL
25219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25221 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25227 \begin_inset Newline newline
25230 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25233 \begin_layout Standard
25234 To use a database, use the menu
25236 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25241 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25254 \begin_inset Space ~
25260 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25261 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25264 \begin_layout Standard
25265 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25277 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25278 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25279 take care of the layout.
25282 \begin_layout Standard
25283 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25286 \begin_layout Standard
25287 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25293 \begin_layout Standard
25294 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25296 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25330 \begin_inset Space ~
25336 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25344 \begin_layout Standard
25345 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25351 \begin_layout Standard
25352 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25353 the two methods of creating them.
25354 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25355 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25356 We used the style file
25360 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25363 \begin_layout Subsection
25364 Bibliography layout
25368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25369 Bibliography ! Layout
25377 \begin_layout Standard
25378 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25379 For this feature you need to use the option
25385 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25393 Document ! Settings
25403 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25404 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25405 in the previous section.
25408 \begin_layout Standard
25409 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25410 in the citation reference window.
25411 Here an example where we set the text
25412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25416 \begin_inset Space ~
25420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25423 to appear after the reference:
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25428 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25431 key "latexcompanion"
25438 \begin_layout Section
25443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25459 \begin_layout Standard
25460 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25464 \begin_inset Space ~
25469 or the toolbar button
25470 \begin_inset Graphics
25471 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25473 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25490 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25491 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25492 by LyX as index entry.
25495 \begin_layout Standard
25496 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25497 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25499 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25501 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25508 \begin_layout Standard
25509 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25512 \begin_layout Standard
25513 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25515 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25517 \begin_inset Space ~
25521 \begin_inset Space ~
25524 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25526 \begin_inset Space ~
25532 A light blue box labeled
25533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25544 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25545 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25548 \begin_layout Subsection
25549 Grouping Index Entries
25553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25562 \begin_layout Standard
25563 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25565 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25566 lists under the entry
25567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25575 First we create the entry
25576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25584 \begin_inset Space ~
25588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25590 reference "sub:Lists"
25595 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25596 \begin_inset Space ~
25600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25602 reference "sec:Itemize"
25606 , we insert the command
25609 \begin_layout Standard
25615 \begin_layout Standard
25619 \begin_layout Standard
25625 \begin_layout Standard
25626 for the enumerated list in section
25627 \begin_inset Space ~
25631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25633 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25640 \begin_layout Standard
25641 The exclamation mark
25642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25649 marks the grouping levels.
25650 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25651 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25652 If we don't have an index entry for
25653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25660 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25663 \begin_layout Subsection
25668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25669 Index ! Page ranges
25677 \begin_layout Standard
25678 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25680 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25681 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25683 \begin_inset Space ~
25687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25689 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25696 \begin_layout Standard
25699 Paragraph environments|(
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25703 and another entry at the end of section
25704 \begin_inset Space ~
25708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25710 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25717 \begin_layout Standard
25720 Paragraph environments|)
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25748 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25749 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25750 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25751 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25752 An example is the index entry
25753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25756 Document ! Settings
25757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25763 \begin_layout Subsection
25768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25769 Index ! Cross referencing
25777 \begin_layout Standard
25778 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25779 We referred for example in the index entry
25780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25788 \begin_inset Space ~
25792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25794 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25798 ) to the index entry
25799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25806 in the same section using the entry
25809 \begin_layout Standard
25812 GIF|see{Image formats}
25815 \begin_layout Standard
25816 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25817 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25818 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25821 \begin_layout Subsection
25826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25827 Index ! Entry order
25835 \begin_layout Standard
25836 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25837 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25838 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25843 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25845 \begin_inset Space ~
25849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25851 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25860 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25861 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25890 Dummy entries ! maïs
25899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25900 Dummy entries ! maître
25909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25910 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25915 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25916 order maïs, maison, maître.
25917 To achieve this, we use the command
25920 \begin_layout Standard
25923 previous entry@current entry
25926 \begin_layout Standard
25927 In our case we want to have
25928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25943 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25946 \begin_layout Standard
25952 \begin_layout Standard
25953 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25954 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25958 \begin_layout Subsection
25963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25964 Index ! Entry layout
25972 \begin_layout Standard
25973 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
25977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25978 Dummy entries ! This@
25980 This is an italic entry at the correct position
25989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25992 This is an italic entry at the wrong position
25997 LyX will then in the background add commands for the layout that destroy
25999 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
26003 \begin_layout Standard
26008 This is an italic entry
26011 \begin_layout Standard
26012 You can also format the page number using the character
26013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26020 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26021 We can write for example
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26027 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26030 \begin_layout Standard
26031 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26036 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26041 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26059 \begin_inset Space ~
26065 Have a look at section
26066 \begin_inset Space ~
26070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26072 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26076 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26079 \begin_layout Standard
26080 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26082 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26083 for all index entries.
26086 \begin_layout Subsection
26091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26100 name "sub:Index-Program"
26107 \begin_layout Standard
26108 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
26113 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
26115 \begin_inset Space ~
26119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26121 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26126 The available options are listed and explained in
26127 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26136 \begin_layout Standard
26137 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
26146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26155 \begin_layout Section
26156 Nomenclature / Glossary
26160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26201 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26208 \begin_layout Standard
26209 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26210 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26214 \begin_layout Standard
26215 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26222 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26230 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26231 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26237 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26240 \begin_layout Standard
26241 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26242 and then use the menu
26244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26250 \begin_inset Space ~
26255 or the toobar button
26256 \begin_inset Graphics
26257 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26259 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26276 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26280 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26281 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26282 The second is the description of the symbol.
26285 \begin_layout Standard
26286 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26294 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26295 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26303 \begin_layout Subsection
26304 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26309 Nomenclature ! Layout
26317 \begin_layout Standard
26318 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26322 field as LaTeX-formula.
26324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26328 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26336 \begin_inset Newline newline
26344 \begin_inset Newline newline
26350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26357 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26358 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26370 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26380 \begin_layout Standard
26381 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26382 \begin_inset Space ~
26386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26388 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26395 \begin_layout Standard
26399 \begin_inset Space ~
26404 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26405 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26410 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26417 in this document is:
26418 \begin_inset Newline newline
26423 dummy entry for the character
26428 \begin_inset Newline newline
26440 \begin_inset Space ~
26450 font use the command
26479 \begin_layout Subsection
26480 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26485 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26493 \begin_layout Standard
26494 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26495 the symbol definition.
26496 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26497 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26500 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26501 LatexCommand nomenclature
26503 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26510 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26514 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26515 LatexCommand nomenclature
26518 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26523 They will be sorted by
26524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26550 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26553 will be sorted before the
26557 since the character
26558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26565 is considered in sorting.
26568 \begin_layout Standard
26569 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26572 \begin_inset Space ~
26577 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26578 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26580 For the given example, you can insert
26584 to this field for the
26585 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26592 will be located before
26593 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26599 \begin_layout Standard
26600 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26605 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26614 \begin_layout Subsection
26615 Nomenclature Options
26619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26620 Nomenclature ! Options
26628 \begin_layout Standard
26633 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26634 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26637 \begin_layout Description
26638 refeq Appends the phrase
26639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26654 to every nomenclature entry, where
26660 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26663 \begin_layout Description
26664 refpage Appends the phrase
26665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26680 to every nomenclature entry, where
26686 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26689 \begin_layout Description
26690 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26694 There are furthermore the options
26738 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26742 \begin_layout Standard
26743 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26744 class options list in the
26746 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26750 In this document the options
26761 \begin_layout Standard
26762 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26768 \begin_layout Standard
26769 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26770 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26775 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26778 \begin_layout Description
26788 \begin_layout Description
26791 nomrefpage Like the
26798 \begin_layout Description
26801 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26810 \begin_layout Description
26814 \begin_inset Space ~
26820 \begin_inset Space ~
26825 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26828 \begin_layout Subsection
26829 Printing the Nomenclature
26833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26834 Nomenclature ! Printing
26842 \begin_layout Standard
26843 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26847 \begin_inset Space ~
26851 \begin_inset Space ~
26854 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26858 A light blue box labeled
26859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26870 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26871 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26874 \begin_layout Standard
26875 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26884 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26892 For example, in order to change the name to
26896 , add the following line to the preamble:
26899 \begin_layout Standard
26907 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26910 \begin_layout Standard
26911 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26917 \begin_layout Standard
26918 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26919 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26922 \begin_layout Standard
26930 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26933 \begin_layout Standard
26936 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26937 \begin_inset Space ~
26941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26943 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26948 The default value is 1
26949 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
26955 \begin_layout Section
26960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26971 Document ! Branches
26977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26979 name "sec:Branches"
26986 \begin_layout Standard
26987 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
26988 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
26989 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
26990 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
26993 \begin_layout Standard
26994 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
26995 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
26996 To create a branch, go in the
26998 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27006 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27007 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27010 \begin_layout Standard
27011 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27012 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27017 where you can choose a branch.
27018 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27021 \begin_layout Standard
27022 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27023 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27026 \begin_layout Standard
27027 \begin_inset Branch Question
27030 \begin_layout Standard
27031 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27039 \begin_layout Standard
27040 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27043 \begin_layout Standard
27044 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27052 \begin_layout Standard
27053 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27060 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27061 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27063 For example you can define for the question branch
27067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27068 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27069 \begin_inset Space ~
27073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27075 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27087 \begin_layout Standard
27097 \begin_layout Standard
27107 \begin_layout Standard
27108 and for the answer branch
27111 \begin_layout Standard
27121 \begin_layout Standard
27131 \begin_layout Standard
27132 \begin_inset Branch Question
27135 \begin_layout Standard
27139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27167 \begin_layout Standard
27168 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27171 \begin_layout Standard
27175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27204 Now it is possible to use the commands
27208 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27215 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27218 to obtain conditional output.
27219 Here is an example formula where only the
27226 \begin_inset Formula \[
27227 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27234 \begin_layout Standard
27235 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27236 \begin_inset Space ~
27240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27242 reference "sec:math-macros"
27249 \begin_layout Section
27250 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27260 \begin_layout Subsection
27265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27274 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27281 \begin_layout Standard
27282 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27283 constructs, but not all.
27284 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27285 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27286 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27287 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27288 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27289 and their commands.
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27293 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27303 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27304 An ERT box is created by the menu
27306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27309 or by the toolbar button
27310 \begin_inset Graphics
27311 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27317 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27330 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27331 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27342 \begin_layout Standard
27343 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27344 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27345 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27352 , you can write the command part
27358 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27362 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27363 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27367 \begin_layout Standard
27368 \begin_inset Graphics
27369 filename clipart/ERT.png
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27382 \begin_layout Standard
27383 This is a line with a
27387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27410 \begin_layout Standard
27411 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27419 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27420 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27428 \begin_layout Subsection
27429 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27430 \begin_inset OptArg
27433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27452 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27460 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27461 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27462 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27471 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27472 every time if you know the right commands.
27474 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27475 the end of the day.
27476 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27477 all caption labels bold.
27478 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27480 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27483 \begin_layout Standard
27484 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27485 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27486 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27488 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27498 As result you know that the package
27506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27507 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27513 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27515 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27526 usepackage[options]{package name}
27529 \begin_layout Standard
27530 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27531 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27532 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27536 In your case the package name is
27541 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27546 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27547 So you add the command
27550 \begin_layout Standard
27555 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27558 \begin_layout Standard
27559 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27564 For more commands provided by the
27568 package, have a look at its documentation,
27569 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27583 \begin_layout Standard
27584 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27586 For example if you use a
27590 class, you don't need the package
27594 , you can instead write
27597 \begin_layout Standard
27602 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27608 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27609 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27610 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27617 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27620 \begin_layout Standard
27621 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27622 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27624 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27628 \begin_layout Standard
27629 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27631 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27633 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27641 \begin_layout Section
27642 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27655 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27673 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27674 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27675 to break your train of thought with
27677 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27684 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27685 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27692 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27699 as explained below, and turn on
27702 \begin_inset Space ~
27709 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27715 \begin_inset Space ~
27719 \begin_inset Space ~
27722 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27729 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27731 Previews of an already loaded document are
27735 generated just by selecting the
27738 \begin_inset Space ~
27743 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27746 \begin_layout Standard
27747 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27748 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27751 \begin_inset Space ~
27756 check box in the insert dialog.
27757 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27761 \begin_layout Standard
27762 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27766 (on some systems named simply
27771 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27773 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27779 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27780 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27788 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27792 \begin_layout Standard
27793 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27799 \begin_layout Standard
27800 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27804 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27806 \begin_inset Space ~
27811 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27812 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27814 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27815 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27816 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27817 the source view window.
27820 \begin_layout Section
27822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27824 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27841 \begin_layout Standard
27842 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27843 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27860 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27866 can be seen as successor of
27870 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27875 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27876 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27884 \begin_layout Standard
27885 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27886 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27896 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27899 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27900 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27901 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27902 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27903 scrolled so that it is visible.
27908 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27910 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27914 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27915 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27918 \begin_layout Standard
27919 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27922 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27926 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27927 will bring an error message.
27928 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27929 specifying a different
27931 Alternative language
27933 in preferences dialog.
27936 \begin_layout Standard
27937 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27940 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27945 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27946 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27948 But you can use the
27951 \begin_inset Space ~
27955 \begin_inset Space ~
27963 \begin_layout Standard
27964 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27965 This does work with
27969 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27972 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27976 \begin_layout Standard
27981 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27984 \begin_layout Description
27986 \begin_inset Space ~
27989 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
27990 should consider, e.g.
27991 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
27992 This should not normally be needed.
27995 \begin_layout Description
27997 \begin_inset Space ~
28000 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28001 as your personal dictionary
28004 \begin_layout Description
28006 \begin_inset Space ~
28010 \begin_inset Space ~
28013 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28025 \begin_layout Description
28027 \begin_inset Space ~
28031 \begin_inset Space ~
28034 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28036 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28043 also for the spellchecker.
28047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28048 The encodings are explained in section
28049 \begin_inset Space ~
28053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28055 reference "sub:Settings"
28064 Only enable this if you use
28068 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28069 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28070 so this is disabled by default.
28073 \begin_layout Section
28078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28087 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28094 \begin_layout Standard
28095 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28098 \begin_layout Standard
28099 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28102 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28105 or the toolbar button
28106 \begin_inset Graphics
28107 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28109 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28110 rotateOrigin center
28115 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28119 \begin_layout Standard
28120 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28121 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28122 cases to find related words.
28125 \begin_layout Standard
28126 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28128 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28136 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28145 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28164 \begin_layout Section
28169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28180 Document ! Change Tracking
28186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28188 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28197 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28198 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28199 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28201 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28203 \begin_inset Space ~
28206 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28208 \begin_inset Space ~
28216 \begin_layout Standard
28217 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28226 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28229 \begin_inset Space ~
28233 \begin_inset Space ~
28246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28255 \begin_layout Standard
28256 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28269 \begin_layout Standard
28270 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28276 \begin_layout Standard
28277 \begin_inset Graphics
28278 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28286 \begin_layout Standard
28287 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28293 \begin_layout Standard
28294 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28298 \begin_layout Standard
28299 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28306 \begin_inset Tabular
28307 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28308 <features islongtable="true">
28309 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28310 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28316 \begin_inset Graphics
28317 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28319 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28320 rotateOrigin center
28329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28335 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28337 \begin_inset Space ~
28340 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28342 \begin_inset Space ~
28351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28356 \begin_inset Graphics
28357 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28359 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28360 rotateOrigin center
28369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28375 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28377 \begin_inset Space ~
28380 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28382 \begin_inset Space ~
28386 \begin_inset Space ~
28390 \begin_inset Space ~
28399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28404 \begin_inset Graphics
28405 filename ../images/change-next.png
28407 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28408 rotateOrigin center
28417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28421 Jumps to the next change
28427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28432 \begin_inset Graphics
28433 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28435 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28436 rotateOrigin center
28445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28451 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28453 \begin_inset Space ~
28456 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28458 \begin_inset Space ~
28467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28472 \begin_inset Graphics
28473 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28475 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28476 rotateOrigin center
28485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28493 \begin_inset Space ~
28496 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28498 \begin_inset Space ~
28507 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28512 \begin_inset Graphics
28513 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28516 rotateOrigin center
28525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28531 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28533 \begin_inset Space ~
28536 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28538 \begin_inset Space ~
28547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28552 \begin_inset Graphics
28553 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28555 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28556 rotateOrigin center
28565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28571 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28573 \begin_inset Space ~
28576 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28578 \begin_inset Space ~
28582 \begin_inset Space ~
28591 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28596 \begin_inset Graphics
28597 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28599 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28600 rotateOrigin center
28609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28615 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28617 \begin_inset Space ~
28620 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28622 \begin_inset Space ~
28626 \begin_inset Space ~
28635 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28640 \begin_inset Graphics
28641 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28643 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28644 rotateOrigin center
28653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28659 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28660 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28662 \begin_inset Space ~
28671 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28676 \begin_inset Graphics
28677 filename ../images/note-next.png
28679 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28680 rotateOrigin center
28689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28695 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28697 \begin_inset Space ~
28713 \begin_layout Standard
28714 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28720 \begin_layout Standard
28721 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28722 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28723 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28724 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28725 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28726 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28727 step to the next change.
28728 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28731 \begin_layout Standard
28732 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28733 to describe a change.
28736 \begin_layout Standard
28737 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28744 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28752 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28753 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28759 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28762 \begin_layout Section
28763 International Support
28767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28768 International support
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28777 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28778 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28779 how to set up LyX to use them:
28780 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28782 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28789 \begin_layout Standard
28790 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28791 \begin_inset Space ~
28795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28797 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28804 \begin_layout Subsection
28809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28820 Document ! Settings
28829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28830 Document ! Language
28838 \begin_layout Standard
28841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28844 dialog lets you set
28846 the language and character encoding for your language.
28850 \begin_layout Standard
28851 Choose your language in the
28855 section of this dialog.
28863 \begin_layout Standard
28868 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28872 use language's default encoding
28874 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28875 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28876 \begin_inset Space ~
28880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28882 reference "sub:Settings"
28889 \begin_layout Subsection
28890 Keyboard mapping configuration
28893 \begin_layout Standard
28894 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28895 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28896 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28897 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28898 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28900 \begin_inset Space ~
28904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28906 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28911 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28912 which one you want to use.
28915 \begin_layout Standard
28916 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28917 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28918 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28919 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28920 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28921 one to support the characters you want.
28922 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28929 \begin_layout Subsection
28931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28940 \begin_layout Standard
28942 \begin_inset Space ~
28946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28948 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28957 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28961 \begin_layout Standard
28962 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28963 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28971 \begin_layout Itemize
28972 Even if you have selected
28978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28981 dialog, users who have only the
28985 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28989 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28990 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28991 french quotes won't show up.
28994 \begin_layout Standard
28995 \begin_inset Float table
29000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29001 \begin_inset Caption
29003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29006 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29024 \begin_inset Tabular
29025 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29027 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29028 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29029 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29032 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29033 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29034 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29035 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29037 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29038 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29039 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29040 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 \begin_layout Standard
33457 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33459 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33460 also the characters from
33472 \begin_layout Itemize
33481 \begin_layout Standard
33482 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33483 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33489 \begin_layout Standard
33490 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33491 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33497 \begin_layout Standard
33498 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33499 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33505 \begin_layout Standard
33506 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33507 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33513 \begin_layout Standard
33515 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33521 \begin_layout Standard
33523 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33529 \begin_layout Standard
33531 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33538 \begin_layout Itemize
33551 \begin_layout Standard
33553 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33559 \begin_layout Standard
33561 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33567 \begin_layout Standard
33569 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33575 \begin_layout Standard
33577 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33583 \begin_layout Standard
33585 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33591 \begin_layout Standard
33593 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33600 \begin_layout Standard
33601 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33602 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33603 Also make sure you're using the
33610 \begin_layout Chapter
33613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33615 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33622 \begin_layout Standard
33623 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33624 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33625 inside the user's guide.
33628 \begin_layout Section
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33642 \begin_layout Standard
33647 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33648 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33651 \begin_layout Subsection
33655 \begin_layout Standard
33656 Creates a new document.
33659 \begin_layout Subsection
33663 \begin_layout Standard
33664 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33665 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33666 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33669 \begin_layout Subsection
33673 \begin_layout Standard
33677 \begin_layout Subsection
33681 \begin_layout Standard
33682 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33683 Click there on a file to open it.
33686 \begin_layout Subsection
33690 \begin_layout Standard
33691 Closes the current document.
33694 \begin_layout Subsection
33698 \begin_layout Standard
33699 Saves the actual document.
33702 \begin_layout Subsection
33706 \begin_layout Standard
33707 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33710 \begin_layout Subsection
33714 \begin_layout Standard
33715 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33718 \begin_layout Subsection
33722 \begin_layout Standard
33723 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33724 It is described in the section
33726 Version Control in LyX
33731 \begin_inset Space ~
33739 \begin_layout Subsection
33743 \begin_layout Standard
33744 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33745 text files (ASCII-files).
33746 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33749 \begin_layout Standard
33750 When using the menu
33753 \begin_inset Space ~
33757 \begin_inset Space ~
33762 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33763 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33764 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33765 will start a new paragraph.
33768 \begin_layout Subsection
33770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33779 \begin_layout Standard
33780 You can export your document to various file formats.
33781 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33782 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33783 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33786 \begin_layout Standard
33787 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33789 \begin_inset Space ~
33793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33795 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33802 \begin_layout Description
33806 \begin_inset Space ~
33811 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33812 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33815 \begin_layout Description
33823 \begin_layout Description
33824 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33828 \begin_layout Description
33830 \begin_inset Space ~
33834 \begin_inset Space ~
33837 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33841 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33849 \begin_layout Description
33856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33864 \begin_inset Space ~
33869 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33870 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33874 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33877 \begin_layout Description
33884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33892 \begin_inset Space ~
33897 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33898 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33906 \begin_layout Description
33908 \begin_inset Space ~
33911 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33919 is replaced by the version number)
33922 \begin_layout Description
33923 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33936 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33940 \begin_layout Description
33945 PDF-format using the program
33950 \begin_layout Description
33954 \begin_inset Space ~
33959 PDF-format using the program
33964 \begin_layout Description
33968 \begin_inset Space ~
33973 PDF-format using the program
33978 \begin_layout Description
33982 \begin_inset Space ~
33990 \begin_layout Description
33994 \begin_inset Space ~
33998 \begin_inset Space ~
34003 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34004 and then exported as text using the program
34009 \begin_layout Description
34014 PostScript format using the program
34019 \begin_layout Description
34027 \begin_layout Standard
34032 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
34033 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34039 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
34042 \begin_layout Standard
34043 If one of the menu entries
34050 \begin_inset Space ~
34059 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34060 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34061 \begin_inset Space ~
34065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34067 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34076 Reconfiguration of LyX
34084 \begin_layout Standard
34089 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34090 the export program.
34093 \begin_layout Subsection
34097 \begin_layout Standard
34098 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34099 or send it to a printer.
34100 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34101 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34107 For more informations have a look at section
34108 \begin_inset Space ~
34112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34114 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34121 \begin_layout Subsection
34122 New and Close Window
34125 \begin_layout Standard
34126 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34127 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34130 \begin_layout Section
34135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34144 \begin_layout Subsection
34148 \begin_layout Standard
34149 Described in section
34150 \begin_inset Space ~
34154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34156 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34163 \begin_layout Subsection
34164 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34167 \begin_layout Standard
34168 Described in section
34169 \begin_inset Space ~
34173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34175 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34182 \begin_layout Subsection
34186 \begin_layout Standard
34187 Selects the whole document.
34190 \begin_layout Subsection
34194 \begin_layout Standard
34195 Described in section
34196 \begin_inset Space ~
34200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34202 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34209 \begin_layout Subsection
34210 Move paragraph Up/Down
34213 \begin_layout Standard
34214 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34218 \begin_layout Subsection
34222 \begin_layout Standard
34223 Described in section
34224 \begin_inset Space ~
34228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34230 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34237 \begin_layout Subsection
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34243 Paragraph ! Settings
34251 \begin_layout Standard
34252 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34254 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34257 \begin_layout Standard
34258 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34259 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34268 \begin_inset Space ~
34276 \begin_layout Subsection
34280 \begin_layout Standard
34281 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34282 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34283 The properties of tables are described in section
34284 \begin_inset Space ~
34288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34290 reference "sec:Tables"
34294 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34295 \begin_inset Space ~
34299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34301 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34308 \begin_layout Subsection
34309 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34312 \begin_layout Standard
34313 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34315 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34316 \begin_inset Space ~
34320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34322 reference "sec:Nesting"
34327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34329 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34336 \begin_layout Section
34341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34350 \begin_layout Standard
34355 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34356 document with an external program.
34357 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34358 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34359 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34360 \begin_inset Space ~
34364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34366 reference "sub:Export"
34371 You should at least see the menu entries
34378 \begin_inset Space ~
34384 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34385 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34386 \begin_inset Space ~
34390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34392 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34401 Reconfiguration of LyX
34409 \begin_layout Standard
34410 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34411 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34412 \begin_inset Space ~
34416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34418 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34423 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34426 \begin_layout Standard
34427 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34430 At the bottom of the
34434 menu the opened documents are listed.
34437 \begin_layout Subsection
34441 \begin_layout Standard
34442 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34444 \begin_inset Space ~
34448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34450 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34457 \begin_layout Subsection
34461 \begin_layout Standard
34462 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34463 opening a new view window.
34466 \begin_layout Subsection
34468 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34470 name "sub:Toolbars"
34478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34487 \begin_layout Standard
34488 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34489 All toolbars and the
34492 \begin_inset Space ~
34497 can be turned on and off.
34502 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34514 \begin_inset Space ~
34523 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34527 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34534 \begin_layout Standard
34539 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34543 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34544 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34545 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34546 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34547 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34550 \begin_layout Standard
34551 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34552 \begin_inset Space ~
34556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34558 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34565 \begin_layout Section
34570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34579 \begin_layout Subsection
34583 \begin_layout Standard
34584 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34585 \begin_inset Space ~
34589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34591 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34598 \begin_layout Subsection
34600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34602 name "sub:Special-Character"
34609 \begin_layout Standard
34610 Here you can insert the following characters:
34613 \begin_layout Description
34614 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34618 \begin_layout Description
34620 \begin_inset Space ~
34624 \begin_inset Space ~
34627 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34628 \begin_inset Space ~
34632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34634 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34641 \begin_layout Description
34643 \begin_inset Space ~
34646 Quote Inserts this quote:
34647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34650 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34652 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34662 \begin_layout Description
34664 \begin_inset Space ~
34667 Quote Inserts this quote:
34668 \begin_inset Quotes els
34674 \begin_layout Description
34676 \begin_inset Space ~
34679 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34683 \begin_layout Description
34685 \begin_inset Space ~
34692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34703 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34708 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34709 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34710 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34719 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34725 \begin_inset Newline newline
34728 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34732 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34740 and this Wiki-page:
34741 \begin_inset Newline newline
34745 \begin_inset Flex URL
34748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34750 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34758 \begin_layout Subsection
34762 \begin_layout Standard
34763 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34766 \begin_layout Description
34767 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34768 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34774 \begin_layout Description
34775 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34776 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34782 \begin_layout Description
34784 \begin_inset Space ~
34787 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34788 \begin_inset Space ~
34792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34794 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34801 \begin_layout Description
34803 \begin_inset Space ~
34806 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34807 \begin_inset Space ~
34811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34813 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34820 \begin_layout Description
34822 \begin_inset Space ~
34825 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34826 \begin_inset Space ~
34830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34832 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34839 \begin_layout Description
34841 \begin_inset Space ~
34844 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34845 \begin_inset Space ~
34849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34851 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34858 \begin_layout Description
34860 \begin_inset Space ~
34863 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34864 \begin_inset Space ~
34868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34870 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34877 \begin_layout Description
34879 \begin_inset Space ~
34882 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34883 \begin_inset Space ~
34887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34889 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34896 \begin_layout Description
34898 \begin_inset Space ~
34901 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34902 \begin_inset Space ~
34906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34908 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34915 \begin_layout Description
34917 \begin_inset Space ~
34920 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34921 \begin_inset Space ~
34925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34927 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34934 \begin_layout Description
34936 \begin_inset Space ~
34939 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34940 \begin_inset Space ~
34944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34946 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34953 \begin_layout Description
34955 \begin_inset Space ~
34958 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34959 \begin_inset Space ~
34963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34965 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34972 \begin_layout Description
34974 \begin_inset Space ~
34977 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34978 \begin_inset Space ~
34982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34984 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34991 \begin_layout Description
34993 \begin_inset Space ~
34997 \begin_inset Space ~
35000 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35001 \begin_inset Space ~
35005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35007 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35014 \begin_layout Subsection
35018 \begin_layout Standard
35019 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35020 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35022 \begin_inset Space ~
35026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35028 reference "sec:toc"
35033 The index list is described in section
35034 \begin_inset Space ~
35038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35040 reference "sec:Index"
35044 , the nomenclature in section
35045 \begin_inset Space ~
35049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35051 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35055 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35056 \begin_inset Space ~
35060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35062 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35069 \begin_layout Subsection
35073 \begin_layout Standard
35074 To insert floats, described in section
35075 \begin_inset Space ~
35079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35081 reference "sec:Floats"
35088 \begin_layout Subsection
35092 \begin_layout Standard
35093 To insert notes, described in section
35094 \begin_inset Space ~
35098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35100 reference "sec:Notes"
35107 \begin_layout Subsection
35111 \begin_layout Standard
35112 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35113 \begin_inset Space ~
35117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35119 reference "sec:Branches"
35126 \begin_layout Subsection
35131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35140 \begin_layout Standard
35141 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35142 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35153 \begin_layout Subsection
35158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35167 \begin_layout Standard
35168 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35169 \begin_inset Space ~
35173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35175 reference "sec:Minipages"
35180 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35191 \begin_layout Subsection
35195 \begin_layout Standard
35196 Inserts a citation as described in section
35197 \begin_inset Space ~
35201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35203 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35210 \begin_layout Subsection
35214 \begin_layout Standard
35215 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35216 \begin_inset Space ~
35220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35222 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35229 \begin_layout Subsection
35233 \begin_layout Standard
35234 Inserts a label as described in section
35235 \begin_inset Space ~
35239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35241 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35248 \begin_layout Subsection
35253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35264 Longtables ! Caption
35272 \begin_layout Standard
35273 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35274 Floats are described in section
35275 \begin_inset Space ~
35279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35281 reference "sec:Floats"
35285 , cations in longtables are described in section
35296 \begin_layout Subsection
35300 \begin_layout Standard
35301 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35302 \begin_inset Space ~
35306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35308 reference "sec:Index"
35315 \begin_layout Subsection
35319 \begin_layout Standard
35320 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35321 \begin_inset Space ~
35325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35327 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35334 \begin_layout Subsection
35338 \begin_layout Standard
35340 Tables are described in section
35341 \begin_inset Space ~
35345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35347 reference "sec:Tables"
35354 \begin_layout Subsection
35358 \begin_layout Standard
35360 Graphics are described in section
35361 \begin_inset Space ~
35365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35367 reference "sec:Graphics"
35374 \begin_layout Subsection
35378 \begin_layout Standard
35379 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35380 \begin_inset Space ~
35384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35386 reference "sec:URL"
35393 \begin_layout Subsection
35397 \begin_layout Standard
35398 Inserts a footnote, see section
35399 \begin_inset Space ~
35403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35405 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35412 \begin_layout Subsection
35416 \begin_layout Standard
35417 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35418 \begin_inset Space ~
35422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35424 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35431 \begin_layout Subsection
35435 \begin_layout Standard
35436 Inserts a short title, see section
35437 \begin_inset Space ~
35441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35443 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35450 \begin_layout Subsection
35454 \begin_layout Standard
35455 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35456 \begin_inset Space ~
35460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35462 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35469 \begin_layout Subsection
35474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35483 \begin_layout Standard
35484 Inserts a program listings box.
35485 Program listings are explained in chapter
35487 Program Code Listings
35496 \begin_layout Subsection
35500 \begin_layout Standard
35501 Inserts the actual date.
35502 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35504 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35514 There the different methods are also compared.
35517 \begin_layout Section
35522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35531 \begin_layout Standard
35532 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35533 the current document.
35534 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35537 \begin_layout Standard
35538 The Navigate menu also offers to
35541 \begin_layout Subsection
35545 \begin_layout Standard
35546 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35547 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35550 \begin_inset Space ~
35554 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35555 \begin_inset Space ~
35558 2.5 and use the menu
35561 \begin_inset Space ~
35565 \begin_inset Space ~
35572 \begin_inset Space ~
35578 \begin_inset Space ~
35582 \begin_inset Space ~
35588 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35600 \begin_layout Standard
35601 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35602 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35605 \begin_layout Subsection
35606 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35609 \begin_layout Standard
35610 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35614 \begin_layout Subsection
35618 \begin_layout Standard
35619 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35620 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35621 on a cross-reference box.
35624 \begin_layout Section
35629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35638 \begin_layout Subsection
35642 \begin_layout Standard
35643 Change Tracking is described in section
35644 \begin_inset Space ~
35648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35650 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35657 \begin_layout Subsection
35662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35672 \begin_layout Standard
35673 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35675 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35678 \begin_layout Standard
35679 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35684 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35687 \begin_layout Subsection
35691 \begin_layout Standard
35692 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35693 \begin_inset Space ~
35697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35699 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35706 \begin_layout Subsection
35707 Start Appendix Here
35710 \begin_layout Standard
35711 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35712 position as described in section
35713 \begin_inset Space ~
35717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35719 reference "sec:Appendices"
35726 \begin_layout Subsection
35730 \begin_layout Standard
35731 Un/compresses the actual document.
35734 \begin_layout Subsection
35736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35738 name "sub:Settings"
35746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35747 Document ! Settings
35755 \begin_layout Standard
35756 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35758 You can save your document settings as default with the
35760 Save as Document Defaults
35762 button in the dialog.
35763 This will create a template named
35767 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35771 \begin_layout Standard
35772 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35775 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35779 \begin_layout Standard
35780 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35781 Document classes are described in section
35782 \begin_inset Space ~
35786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35788 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35793 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35798 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
35799 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35802 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35806 \begin_layout Standard
35807 The document font settings are described in section
35808 \begin_inset Space ~
35812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35814 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35821 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35825 \begin_layout Standard
35826 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35828 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35832 \begin_layout Standard
35833 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35834 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35835 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35838 \begin_layout Standard
35839 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35847 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35851 \begin_layout Standard
35852 A description of this menu is given in section
35853 \begin_inset Space ~
35857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35859 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35866 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35873 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35877 \begin_layout Standard
35878 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35879 \begin_inset Space ~
35883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35885 reference "sub:Margins"
35892 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35898 Language ! Encoding
35906 \begin_layout Standard
35907 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35908 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35909 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35910 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35911 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35912 known for a particular character).
35916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35917 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35918 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35923 manual for details.
35931 \begin_layout Standard
35932 If you use the option
35934 use language's default encoding
35936 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35938 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35939 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35940 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35941 exactly one encoding.
35942 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35951 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35952 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35954 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35955 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35969 \begin_layout Standard
35970 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35971 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35972 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35973 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35974 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35975 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35978 use language's default encoding
35980 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35981 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35982 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35985 \begin_layout Standard
35986 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35989 \begin_layout Description
35991 \begin_inset Space ~
35996 use language's default encoding
35998 , but the LaTeX-package
36006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36007 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36013 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
36016 \begin_layout Description
36017 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36020 \begin_layout Description
36021 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36022 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36025 \begin_layout Description
36026 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36029 \begin_layout Description
36030 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36033 \begin_layout Description
36034 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36037 \begin_layout Description
36038 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36041 \begin_layout Description
36042 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36045 \begin_layout Description
36046 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36047 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36050 \begin_layout Description
36051 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36052 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36055 \begin_layout Description
36056 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36059 \begin_layout Description
36060 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36063 \begin_layout Description
36064 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36067 \begin_layout Description
36068 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36071 \begin_layout Description
36072 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36073 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36074 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36078 \begin_layout Description
36079 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36080 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36083 \begin_layout Description
36084 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36088 \begin_layout Description
36089 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36092 \begin_layout Description
36093 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36094 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36097 \begin_layout Description
36098 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36099 the euro currency sign, the
36103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36112 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36113 be the replacement for latin1
36116 \begin_layout Description
36117 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36120 \begin_layout Description
36121 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36130 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36135 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36138 \begin_layout Description
36139 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36143 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36146 \begin_layout Description
36147 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36156 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36161 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36164 \begin_layout Description
36165 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36169 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36178 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36179 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36193 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36197 \begin_layout Standard
36198 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36200 \begin_inset Space ~
36204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36206 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36213 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36217 \begin_layout Standard
36218 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
36224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36225 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36241 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36247 For a further description see section
36248 \begin_inset Space ~
36252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36254 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36261 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36265 \begin_layout Standard
36266 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
36272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36273 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36287 LaTeX-packages ! esint
36294 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36297 \begin_layout Standard
36302 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36303 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36306 \begin_layout Standard
36311 is used for special integral characters.
36314 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36318 \begin_layout Standard
36319 The float placement options are described in section
36320 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36326 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36333 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36337 \begin_layout Standard
36338 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36339 The itemize environment is described in section
36340 \begin_inset Space ~
36344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36346 reference "sec:Itemize"
36353 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36357 \begin_layout Standard
36358 Branches are described in section
36359 \begin_inset Space ~
36363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36365 reference "sec:Branches"
36372 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36387 \begin_layout Standard
36388 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36389 to define LaTeX-commands.
36390 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36391 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36395 \begin_layout Standard
36396 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36397 \begin_inset Space ~
36401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36403 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36410 \begin_layout Section
36415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36424 \begin_layout Subsection
36428 \begin_layout Standard
36429 Spell checking is explained in section
36430 \begin_inset Space ~
36434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36436 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36443 \begin_layout Subsection
36447 \begin_layout Standard
36448 The thesaurus is described in section
36449 \begin_inset Space ~
36453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36455 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36462 \begin_layout Subsection
36467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36476 \begin_layout Standard
36477 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36481 \begin_layout Subsection
36486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36515 \begin_inset Note Note
36518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36519 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
36527 \begin_layout Standard
36528 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36531 \begin_layout Subsection
36536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36537 Reconfiguration of LyX
36546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36547 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36558 Reconfiguration of LyX
36562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36577 \begin_layout Standard
36578 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36579 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36580 \begin_inset Space ~
36584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36586 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36593 \begin_layout Subsection
36597 \begin_layout Standard
36598 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36599 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36605 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36612 \begin_layout Section
36617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36626 \begin_layout Standard
36627 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36631 \begin_layout Standard
36635 \begin_inset Space ~
36640 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36641 found by LyX (see also section
36642 \begin_inset Space ~
36646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36648 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36655 \begin_layout Section
36657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36659 name "sec:Toolbars"
36666 \begin_layout Standard
36667 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36668 \begin_inset Space ~
36672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36674 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36681 \begin_layout Standard
36682 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36683 This is described in the
36691 \begin_layout Subsection
36696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36705 \begin_layout Standard
36706 \begin_inset Graphics
36707 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36716 \begin_layout Standard
36717 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36723 \begin_layout Standard
36724 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36741 \begin_inset Note Note
36744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36745 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36750 manual for more information.
36758 \begin_layout Standard
36759 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36765 \begin_layout Standard
36766 \begin_inset Tabular
36767 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36768 <features islongtable="true">
36769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36776 \begin_inset Graphics
36777 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36792 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36805 \begin_layout Standard
36806 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36812 \begin_layout Standard
36814 \begin_inset Tabular
36815 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36816 <features islongtable="true">
36817 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36818 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36819 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36826 \begin_inset Graphics
36827 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36829 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36844 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36851 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36856 \begin_inset Graphics
36857 filename ../images/file-open.png
36859 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36874 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36881 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36886 \begin_inset Graphics
36887 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36889 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36904 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36911 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36916 \begin_inset Graphics
36917 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36919 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36934 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36941 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36946 \begin_inset Graphics
36947 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36949 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36964 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36971 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36976 \begin_inset Graphics
36977 filename ../images/undo.png
36979 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37001 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37006 \begin_inset Graphics
37007 filename ../images/redo.png
37009 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37024 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37031 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37036 \begin_inset Graphics
37037 filename ../images/cut.png
37039 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37054 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37061 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37066 \begin_inset Graphics
37067 filename ../images/copy.png
37069 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37084 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37091 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37096 \begin_inset Graphics
37097 filename ../images/paste.png
37099 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37114 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37121 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37126 \begin_inset Graphics
37127 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37129 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37130 rotateOrigin center
37139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37145 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37147 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37151 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37160 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37165 \begin_inset Graphics
37166 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37168 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37181 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37183 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37185 \begin_inset Space ~
37196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37201 \begin_inset Graphics
37202 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37204 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37217 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37219 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37221 \begin_inset Space ~
37232 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37237 \begin_inset Graphics
37238 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
37240 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37253 Formats text using the current settings in the
37255 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37257 \begin_inset Space ~
37268 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37273 \begin_inset Graphics
37274 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37292 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37294 \begin_inset Space ~
37303 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37308 \begin_inset Graphics
37309 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37311 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37312 rotateOrigin center
37321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37327 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37334 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37339 \begin_inset Graphics
37340 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37342 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37343 rotateOrigin center
37352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37365 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37370 \begin_inset Graphics
37371 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37373 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37374 rotateOrigin center
37383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37387 Toggle outline window on/off,
37389 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37396 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37401 \begin_inset Graphics
37402 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37404 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37405 rotateOrigin center
37414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37418 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37424 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37429 \begin_inset Graphics
37430 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37432 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37433 rotateOrigin center
37442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37446 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37459 \begin_layout Subsection
37464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37473 \begin_layout Standard
37474 \begin_inset Graphics
37475 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37484 \begin_layout Standard
37485 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37491 \begin_layout Standard
37492 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37496 \begin_layout Standard
37497 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37503 \begin_layout Standard
37504 \begin_inset Tabular
37505 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37506 <features islongtable="true">
37507 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37508 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37514 \begin_inset Graphics
37515 filename ../images/layout.png
37517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37518 rotateOrigin center
37527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37537 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37542 \begin_inset Graphics
37543 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37545 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37546 rotateOrigin center
37555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37565 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37570 \begin_inset Graphics
37571 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37573 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37574 rotateOrigin center
37583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37598 \begin_inset Graphics
37599 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37602 rotateOrigin center
37611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37621 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37626 \begin_inset Graphics
37627 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37629 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37630 rotateOrigin center
37639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37649 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37654 \begin_inset Graphics
37655 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37657 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37658 rotateOrigin center
37667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37673 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37675 \begin_inset Space ~
37679 \begin_inset Space ~
37688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37693 \begin_inset Graphics
37694 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37696 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37697 rotateOrigin center
37706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37712 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37714 \begin_inset Space ~
37718 \begin_inset Space ~
37727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37732 \begin_inset Graphics
37733 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37735 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37750 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37751 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37758 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37763 \begin_inset Graphics
37764 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37766 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37782 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 \begin_inset Graphics
37795 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37797 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37812 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37819 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37824 \begin_inset Graphics
37825 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37827 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37842 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37849 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37854 \begin_inset Graphics
37855 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37857 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37872 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37879 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37884 \begin_inset Graphics
37885 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37902 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37904 \begin_inset Space ~
37913 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37918 \begin_inset Graphics
37919 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37921 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37938 \begin_inset Space ~
37947 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37952 \begin_inset Graphics
37953 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37955 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37982 \begin_inset Graphics
37983 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37985 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37986 rotateOrigin center
37995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38001 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38003 \begin_inset Space ~
38012 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38017 \begin_inset Graphics
38018 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38020 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38036 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38038 \begin_inset Space ~
38047 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38052 \begin_inset Graphics
38053 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38055 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38077 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38082 \begin_inset Graphics
38083 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38085 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38112 \begin_inset Graphics
38113 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38115 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38157 \begin_inset Graphics
38158 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38160 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38175 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38176 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38178 \begin_inset Space ~
38187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38192 \begin_inset Graphics
38193 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38195 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38196 rotateOrigin center
38205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38211 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38213 \begin_inset Space ~
38222 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38227 \begin_inset Graphics
38228 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38230 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38231 rotateOrigin center
38240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38248 \begin_inset Space ~
38257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38262 \begin_inset Graphics
38263 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38266 rotateOrigin center
38275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38281 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38295 \begin_layout Subsection
38296 View / Update Toolbar
38300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38301 Toolbar ! View / Update
38309 \begin_layout Standard
38310 \begin_inset Graphics
38311 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38319 \begin_layout Standard
38320 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38326 \begin_layout Standard
38327 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38331 \begin_layout Standard
38332 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38338 \begin_layout Standard
38339 \begin_inset Tabular
38340 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38341 <features islongtable="true">
38342 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38343 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38344 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38349 \begin_inset Graphics
38350 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38352 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38353 rotateOrigin center
38362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38368 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38375 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38380 \begin_inset Graphics
38381 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38383 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38384 rotateOrigin center
38393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38399 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38400 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38412 \begin_inset Graphics
38413 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38415 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38416 rotateOrigin center
38425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38431 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38443 \begin_inset Graphics
38444 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38446 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38447 rotateOrigin center
38456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38462 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38463 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38469 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38470 functionality is merged with
38472 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38487 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38492 \begin_inset Graphics
38493 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38496 rotateOrigin center
38505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38511 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38523 \begin_inset Graphics
38524 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38526 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38527 rotateOrigin center
38536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38542 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38543 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38557 \begin_layout Subsection
38561 \begin_layout Standard
38562 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38563 \begin_inset Space ~
38567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38569 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38573 , the table toolbar
38577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38583 is explained in the
38590 \begin_layout Chapter
38596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38598 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38615 \begin_layout Standard
38616 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38618 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38621 \begin_layout Section
38625 \begin_layout Subsection
38627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38638 Customization ! of toolbars
38647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38648 Customization ! of menus
38656 \begin_layout Standard
38657 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38665 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38673 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38674 User Interface File
38678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38679 Customization ! of toolbars
38688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38689 Customization ! of menus
38697 \begin_layout Standard
38698 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38699 interface (ui) file.
38700 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38701 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38710 Both files are loaded by the
38715 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38716 files and edit the entries.
38719 \begin_layout Standard
38720 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38732 entries must be ended with an explicit
38757 and in the case of the
38758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38770 The syntax for the entries is:
38773 \begin_layout Standard
38774 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38802 \begin_layout Standard
38804 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38807 All LyX-functions are listed in
38808 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38817 \begin_layout Standard
38818 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38824 \begin_layout Standard
38825 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38827 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38830 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38834 \begin_layout Standard
38835 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38840 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38843 \begin_layout Standard
38845 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38848 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38851 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38865 \begin_layout Standard
38866 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38867 Several binding files are available:
38870 \begin_layout Description
38871 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38874 \begin_layout Description
38875 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38886 \begin_layout Description
38887 mac.bind set of bindings for
38890 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38898 \begin_layout Standard
38899 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38903 , and bind files for special languages.
38904 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38914 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38918 \begin_layout Standard
38919 Some bind-files, like
38923 , have only a small scope.
38924 When looking at the the end of the file
38928 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38931 \begin_layout Standard
38932 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38933 s with a text editor.
38934 The syntax of the entries is:
38937 \begin_layout Standard
38943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38961 \begin_layout Standard
38962 All LyX-functions are listed in
38963 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38972 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38976 \begin_layout Standard
38980 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38984 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38987 restore window size, or use fixed size
38989 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38993 \begin_layout Standard
38997 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39001 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39004 restore window position
39006 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39009 \begin_layout Standard
39012 Restore cursor positions
39014 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39018 \begin_layout Standard
39021 Load opened files from last session
39023 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39030 name "sub:Backup documents"
39038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39047 \begin_layout Standard
39052 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39055 \begin_layout Standard
39060 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39063 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39065 \begin_inset Space ~
39073 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39077 \begin_layout Standard
39080 Cursor follows scrollbar
39082 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39086 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39090 \begin_layout Standard
39093 Enable Pixmap Cache
39095 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39096 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39097 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39098 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39100 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39101 \begin_inset Space ~
39107 \begin_layout Subsection
39112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39121 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39128 \begin_layout Standard
39129 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39132 \begin_layout Standard
39133 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39141 This section only deals with the fonts
39146 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39149 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39150 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39161 \begin_layout Standard
39162 By default, LyX uses
39166 as roman (serif) font,
39174 (depends on the system) as
39177 \begin_inset Space ~
39193 \begin_layout Standard
39194 You can change the font size with the
39201 \begin_layout Standard
39206 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39207 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39209 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39212 points have the size of 1
39213 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39217 \begin_inset Space ~
39221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39223 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39230 \begin_layout Standard
39235 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39236 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39240 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39241 \begin_inset Space ~
39245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39247 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39254 \begin_layout Subsection
39259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39278 \begin_layout Standard
39279 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39280 Choose an item in the list and use the
39287 \begin_layout Subsection
39292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39293 Settings ! Graphics
39301 \begin_layout Standard
39302 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39305 \begin_layout Standard
39310 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39311 This feature is described in section
39312 \begin_inset Space ~
39316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39318 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39325 \begin_layout Subsection
39330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39341 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39349 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39356 \begin_layout Standard
39357 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39358 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39360 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39364 \begin_inset Space ~
39367 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39368 can use the keyboard map file named
39375 \begin_layout Standard
39376 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39384 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39392 \begin_layout Section
39397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39408 Settings ! Directory
39416 \begin_layout Description
39418 \begin_inset Space ~
39421 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39422 It is the default when you
39433 \begin_inset Space ~
39441 \begin_layout Description
39443 \begin_inset Space ~
39446 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39448 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39450 \begin_inset Space ~
39454 \begin_inset Space ~
39462 \begin_layout Description
39464 \begin_inset Space ~
39471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39477 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39478 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39479 \begin_inset Space ~
39483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39485 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39493 will be used to save the backups.
39494 \begin_inset Newline newline
39497 The backup files have the ending
39498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39508 \begin_layout Description
39513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39520 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39521 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39522 \begin_inset Newline newline
39526 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39534 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39542 \begin_layout Description
39544 \begin_inset Space ~
39547 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39550 \begin_layout Description
39552 \begin_inset Space ~
39555 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39556 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39557 to find it on the system.
39558 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39559 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39561 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39565 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39568 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39569 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39573 \begin_layout Section
39577 \begin_layout Standard
39578 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39579 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39581 \begin_inset Space ~
39585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39587 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39591 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39594 \begin_layout Section
39599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39600 Language ! Settings
39609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39610 Settings ! Language
39618 \begin_layout Subsection
39622 \begin_layout Description
39624 \begin_inset Space ~
39627 language is the language used in new documents
39630 \begin_layout Description
39632 \begin_inset Space ~
39635 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39637 The default is the LaTeX-command
39643 that loads the package
39651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39652 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39653 \begin_inset Space ~
39657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39659 reference "sec:ERT"
39669 \begin_inset Newline newline
39676 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39677 the document language.
39678 A text label is for instance the word
39679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39686 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39689 \begin_layout Description
39691 \begin_inset Space ~
39694 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39695 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39696 An example is the start command
39702 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39707 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39722 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39727 \begin_layout Description
39729 \begin_inset Space ~
39737 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39738 command toggles the package on and off.
39741 \begin_layout Description
39743 \begin_inset Space ~
39753 \begin_layout Description
39754 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39755 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39756 used by all LaTeX-packages.
39757 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39764 \begin_layout Description
39766 \begin_inset Space ~
39769 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39771 When this option is not set, the
39774 \begin_inset Space ~
39779 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39780 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39783 \begin_inset Space ~
39791 \begin_layout Description
39793 \begin_inset Space ~
39799 \begin_inset Space ~
39805 When it is not set, the
39808 \begin_inset Space ~
39813 is set to the end of the document.
39816 \begin_layout Description
39818 \begin_inset Space ~
39822 \begin_inset Space ~
39825 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39826 language will be underlined blue.
39829 \begin_layout Description
39831 \begin_inset Space ~
39835 \begin_inset Space ~
39839 \begin_inset Space ~
39843 \begin_inset Space ~
39846 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39850 \begin_layout Subsection
39854 \begin_layout Standard
39855 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39856 \begin_inset Space ~
39860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39862 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39869 \begin_layout Section
39873 \begin_layout Subsection
39875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39904 \begin_layout Description
39906 \begin_inset Space ~
39909 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39910 The name will be used when the
39915 \begin_inset Newline newline
39919 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39927 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39936 \begin_layout Description
39938 \begin_inset Space ~
39942 \begin_inset Space ~
39946 \begin_inset Space ~
39949 printer This option works only for the
39954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39966 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39967 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39970 \begin_layout Description
39972 \begin_inset Space ~
39975 command is the command LyX
39976 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39980 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39983 LaTeX uses for printing.
39984 The default is on most systems
39991 \begin_layout Description
39993 \begin_inset Space ~
39997 \begin_inset Space ~
40000 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40001 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40002 of the program that provides the
40009 \begin_layout Subsection
40014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40025 Settings ! Date format
40033 \begin_layout Standard
40034 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40035 \begin_inset Newline newline
40039 \begin_inset Flex URL
40042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40044 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40050 \begin_inset Newline newline
40053 For example the format
40054 \begin_inset Newline newline
40058 \begin_inset Newline newline
40061 prints the date as day/month/year.
40064 \begin_layout Subsection
40068 \begin_layout Description
40070 \begin_inset Space ~
40074 \begin_inset Space ~
40077 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40080 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40081 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40083 \begin_inset Space ~
40089 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40093 \begin_layout Description
40095 \begin_inset Space ~
40098 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40103 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40104 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40107 \begin_layout Subsection
40112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40122 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40139 \begin_layout Description
40144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40152 \begin_inset Space ~
40155 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40160 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40182 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40195 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40196 LyX sets up in the background.
40197 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40200 \begin_layout Description
40202 \begin_inset Space ~
40206 \begin_inset Space ~
40209 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40214 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40217 \begin_layout Description
40219 \begin_inset Space ~
40223 \begin_inset Space ~
40227 \begin_inset Space ~
40231 \begin_inset Space ~
40235 \begin_inset Space ~
40239 \begin_inset Space ~
40242 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40244 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40247 dialog when changing the document class.
40250 \begin_layout Standard
40253 External Applications
40255 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40256 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40257 manuals of the applications.
40258 Currently the following commands can be set:
40261 \begin_layout Description
40266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40274 \begin_inset Space ~
40277 command Command for the program
40281 that is described in section
40292 \begin_layout Description
40297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40305 \begin_inset Space ~
40308 command Command for the program
40312 that generates the bibliography, see section
40313 \begin_inset Space ~
40317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40319 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40326 \begin_layout Description
40328 \begin_inset Space ~
40331 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40332 \begin_inset Space ~
40336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40338 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40345 \begin_layout Description
40347 \begin_inset Space ~
40351 \begin_inset Space ~
40355 \begin_inset Space ~
40359 \begin_inset Space ~
40362 options They only have an effect when the program
40366 is used as DVI-viewer.
40369 \begin_layout Subsection
40374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40393 \begin_layout Standard
40398 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40401 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40403 uses the Windows path style:
40406 \begin_layout Standard
40414 \begin_layout Standard
40415 instead of the Unix path style:
40418 \begin_layout Standard
40422 \begin_layout Section
40427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40436 \begin_layout Standard
40437 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40438 from one format to another.
40439 You can modify them or create new ones.
40440 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40447 \begin_inset Space ~
40457 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40461 \begin_inset Space ~
40466 drop-down list, modify the
40470 field, and press the
40477 \begin_layout Standard
40480 Converter File Cache
40482 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40485 Maximum Age (in days
40488 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40489 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40492 \begin_layout Standard
40493 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40494 the converter definition, is described in section
40505 \begin_layout Section
40510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40519 name "sec:File-Formats"
40526 \begin_layout Standard
40527 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40528 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40530 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40538 \begin_inset Space ~
40550 \begin_layout Standard
40551 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40552 is described in section
40563 \begin_layout Section
40568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40577 \begin_layout Standard
40578 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40579 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40580 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40581 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40582 This is done by a Copier.
40585 \begin_layout Standard
40586 More about converters is described in section
40597 \begin_layout Chapter
40598 Units available in LyX
40602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40611 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40618 \begin_layout Standard
40619 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40622 reference "cap:Units"
40626 explains all units available in LyX.
40629 \begin_layout Standard
40630 \begin_inset Float table
40636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40637 \begin_inset Caption
40639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40655 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40663 \begin_inset Tabular
40664 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40666 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40667 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40763 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40767 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40791 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40795 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40818 scaled point (65536
40819 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40823 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40847 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40851 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40875 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40879 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40883 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40907 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40911 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40934 % of original image width
40941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41123 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41127 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41148 \begin_layout Chapter
41150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41159 \begin_layout Standard
41160 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41161 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41164 \begin_layout Itemize
41167 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41170 \begin_layout Itemize
41176 \begin_layout Itemize
41182 \begin_layout Itemize
41188 \begin_layout Itemize
41194 \begin_layout Itemize
41200 \begin_layout Itemize
41206 \begin_layout Itemize
41212 \begin_layout Itemize
41215 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41218 \begin_layout Itemize
41224 \begin_layout Itemize
41230 \begin_layout Itemize
41236 \begin_layout Itemize
41242 \begin_layout Itemize
41248 \begin_layout Itemize
41254 \begin_layout Itemize
41260 \begin_layout Itemize
41266 \begin_layout Itemize
41268 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41277 \begin_layout Standard
41278 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41281 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41288 \begin_layout Bibliography
41289 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41290 LatexCommand bibitem
41297 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41300 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41305 \begin_inset Newline newline
41309 \begin_inset Flex URL
41312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41314 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41322 \begin_layout Bibliography
41323 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41324 LatexCommand bibitem
41325 key "latexcompanion"
41329 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41331 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41334 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41337 \begin_layout Bibliography
41338 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41339 LatexCommand bibitem
41344 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41347 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41350 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41353 \begin_layout Bibliography
41354 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41355 LatexCommand bibitem
41362 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41365 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41368 \begin_layout Bibliography
41369 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41370 LatexCommand bibitem
41382 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41385 \begin_layout Bibliography
41386 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41387 LatexCommand bibitem
41393 \begin_inset Newline newline
41397 \begin_inset Flex URL
41400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41402 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41410 \begin_layout Bibliography
41411 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41412 LatexCommand bibitem
41418 \begin_inset Newline newline
41422 \begin_inset Flex URL
41425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41427 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41435 \begin_layout Bibliography
41436 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41437 LatexCommand bibitem
41443 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41445 name "Documentation"
41446 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41455 \begin_inset Newline newline
41459 \begin_inset Flex URL
41462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41464 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41472 \begin_layout Bibliography
41473 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41474 LatexCommand bibitem
41480 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41482 name "Documentation"
41483 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41487 of the LaTeX-package
41495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41496 LaTeX-packages ! caption
41502 \begin_inset Newline newline
41506 \begin_inset Flex URL
41509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41511 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41519 \begin_layout Bibliography
41520 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41521 LatexCommand bibitem
41527 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41529 name "Documentation"
41530 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41534 of the LaTeX-package
41542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41543 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41549 \begin_inset Newline newline
41553 \begin_inset Flex URL
41556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41558 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41566 \begin_layout Bibliography
41567 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41568 LatexCommand bibitem
41574 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41576 name "Documentation"
41577 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41581 of the LaTeX-package
41589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41590 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41596 \begin_inset Newline newline
41600 \begin_inset Flex URL
41603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41605 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41613 \begin_layout Bibliography
41614 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41615 LatexCommand bibitem
41621 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41623 name "Documentation"
41624 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41628 of the LaTeX-package
41636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41637 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41643 \begin_inset Newline newline
41647 \begin_inset Flex URL
41650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41652 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41660 \begin_layout Bibliography
41661 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41662 LatexCommand bibitem
41668 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41670 name "Documentation"
41671 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41675 of the LaTeX-package
41683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41684 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41690 \begin_inset Newline newline
41694 \begin_inset Flex URL
41697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41699 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41707 \begin_layout Bibliography
41708 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41709 LatexCommand bibitem
41715 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41718 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41722 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41723 \begin_inset Newline newline
41727 \begin_inset Flex URL
41730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41732 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41740 \begin_layout Bibliography
41741 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41742 LatexCommand bibitem
41748 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41751 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41755 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41756 \begin_inset Newline newline
41760 \begin_inset Flex URL
41763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41765 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41773 \begin_layout Bibliography
41774 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41775 LatexCommand bibitem
41781 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41784 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41788 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41789 \begin_inset Newline newline
41793 \begin_inset Flex URL
41796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41798 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41806 \begin_layout Bibliography
41807 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41808 LatexCommand bibitem
41814 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41817 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41821 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41822 \begin_inset Newline newline
41826 \begin_inset Flex URL
41829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41831 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41839 \begin_layout Bibliography
41840 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41841 LatexCommand bibitem
41847 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41850 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41854 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41855 \begin_inset Newline newline
41859 \begin_inset Flex URL
41862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41864 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41872 \begin_layout Bibliography
41873 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41874 LatexCommand bibitem
41880 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41883 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41887 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41888 \begin_inset Newline newline
41892 \begin_inset Flex URL
41895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41897 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41905 \begin_layout Bibliography
41906 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41907 LatexCommand bibitem
41913 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41916 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41920 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41921 \begin_inset Newline newline
41925 \begin_inset Flex URL
41928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41930 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41938 \begin_layout Bibliography
41939 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41940 LatexCommand bibitem
41946 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41949 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41953 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41954 \begin_inset Newline newline
41958 \begin_inset Flex URL
41961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41963 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41971 \begin_layout Standard
41972 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42006 \begin_inset Note Note
42009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42016 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42017 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42018 bibliography is the second one:
42026 \begin_layout Standard
42027 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42028 LatexCommand bibtex
42029 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs.bib"
42030 options "biblio/alphadin"
42037 \begin_layout Standard
42038 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42041 \begin_layout Standard
42044 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42045 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42050 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42051 LatexCommand printindex